Tag release 4.1.4.2

* po/shadow.pot, man/po/shadow-man-pages.pot: Regenerated.
	* po/*.po, man/po/*.po: Updated PO files.

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+*~
+lib*.a
+*.o
+*.lo
+*.la
+*.gmo
+.deps
+.libs
+
+*.patch
+*.rej
+*.orig
+
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+
+/ABOUT-NLS
+/aclocal.m4
+/autom4te.cache
+/config.guess
+/config.h
+/config.h.in
+/config.log
+/config.rpath
+/config.status
+/config.sub
+/configure
+/depcomp
+/install-sh
+/libtool
+/ltmain.sh
+/m4
+/missing
+/stamp-h1
+/ylwrap
+
+/po/*.header
+/po/*.sed
+/po/*.sin
+/po/Makefile.in.in
+/po/Makevars.template
+/po/POTFILES
+/po/Rules-quot
+/po/stamp-po
+
+/shadow.spec
+/libmisc/getdate.c

NEWS

@@ -1,5 +1,241 @@
 $Id$
 
+shadow-4.1.4.1 -> shadow-4.1.4.2						2009-07-24
+
+- general
+  * Improved support for large groups (impacts most user/group management
+    tools).
+
+- addition of system users or groups
+  * Speed improvement. This should be noticeable in case of LDAP configured
+    systems. This should impact useradd, groupadd, and newusers
+  * Since system accounts are allocated from SYS_?ID_MIN to SYS_?ID_MAX in
+    reverse order, accounts are packed close to SYS_?ID_MAX if SYS_?ID_MIN
+    is already used but there are still dome gaps.
+
+- login
+  * Add support for shells being a shell script without a shebang.
+- su
+  * Preserve the DISPLAY and XAUTHORITY environment variables. This was
+    only the case in the non PAM enabled versions.
+  * Add support for shells being a shell script without a shebang.
+
+*** translation
+  * The Finnish translation of passwd(1) was outdated and is no more
+    distributed.
+
+shadow-4.1.4 -> shadow-4.1.4.1						2009-05-22
+
+- login
+  * Fix failures with empty usernames on non PAM versions.
+  * Fix CONSOLE (securetty) support on non PAM versions.
+- newgrp
+  * Return the exit status of the child.
+- userdel
+  * On Linux, do not check if an user is logged in with utmp, but check if
+    the user is running some processes.
+  * If not on Linux, continue to search for an utmp record, but make sure
+    the process recorded in the utmp entry is still running.
+  * Report failures to remove the user's mailbox
+  * When USERGROUPS_ENAB is enabled, remove the user's group when the
+    user was the only member.
+  * Do not fail when -r is used and the home directory does not exist.
+- usermod
+  * Check if the user is busy when the user's UID, name or home directory
+    is changed.
+
+shadow-4.1.3.1 -> shadow-4.1.4						2009-05-10
+
+- packaging
+  * Enable --enable-account-tools-setuid by default for PAM builds.
+  * Add configure option --enable-utmpx, disabled by default to mimic
+    the previous behavior on Linux (where utmp and utmpx are identical).
+  * Fix build failure on non-PAM systems when --without-pam is not
+    specified.
+
+- chpasswd
+  * Change the passwords using PAM. This permits to define the password
+    policy in a central place. The -c/--crypt-method, -e/--encrypted,
+    -m/--md5 and -s/--sha-rounds options are no more supported on PAM
+    enabled systems.
+- grpck
+  * Warn if a group has an entry in group and gshadow, and the password
+    field in group is not 'x'.
+- login
+  * Do not trust the current utmp entry's ut_line to set PAM_TTY. This could
+    lead to DOS attacks.
+  * (PAM) Even if the user was already authenticated (-f flag), ask the
+    user to update his authentication token if needed.
+- lastlog
+  * Fix regression causing empty reports.
+- newusers
+  * Change the passwords using PAM. This permits to define the password
+    policy in a central place. The -c/--crypt-method and -s/--sha-rounds
+    options are no more supported on PAM enabled systems.
+- pwck
+  * Warn if an user has an entry in passwd and shadow, and the password
+    field in passwd is not 'x'.
+
+*** translation
+ - Updated Czech translation
+ - Updated French translation
+ - Updated German translation
+ - Updated Japanese translation
+ - Updated Korean translation
+ - Updated Portuguese translation
+ - Updated Russian translation
+
+shadow-4.1.3 -> shadow-4.1.3.1						2009-04-15
+
+*** security:
+- Due to bad parsing of octal permissions, the permissions on tty (login)
+  but also UMASK were set wrongly (and weirdly). Only shadow-4.1.3 was
+  affected.
+
+*** general
+- login
+  * Fix regression when no user is specified on the command line.
+- userdel
+  * Fixed SE Linux support
+- vipw
+  * SE Linux: Set the default context to the context of the file being
+    edited. This ensures that the backup file inherit from the file's
+    context.
+
+*** translation
+ - Updated Norwegian Bokmål translation
+
+shadow-4.1.2.2 -> shadow-4.1.3						2009-04-12
+
+*** general:
+- packaging
+  * Fixed support for OpenPAM.
+  * Fixed support for uclibc.
+  * Added configure --enable-account-tools-setuid (default) /
+    --disable-account-tools-setuid options. This permits to disable the
+    PAM authentication of the caller for chage, chgpasswd, chpasswd,
+    groupadd, groupdel, groupmod, newusers, useradd, userdel, and usermod.
+    This authentication is not necessary when these tools are not
+    installed setuid root.
+  * Added configure --with-group-name-max-length (default) /
+    --without-group-name-max-length options. This permits to configure the maximum length allowed for group names:
+      <no option> -> default of 16 (like today)
+      --with-group-name-max-length -> default of 16
+      --without-group-name-max-length -> no max length
+      --with-group-name-max-length=n > max is set to n
+    No sanity checking is performed on n so people could do
+    something neat like --with-group-name-max-length=MAX_INT
+- addition of users or groups
+  * Speed improvement in case UID_MAX/SYS_UID_MAX/GID_MAX/SYS_GID_MAX is
+    used for an user/group. This should be noticeable in case of LDAP
+    configured systems. This should impact useradd, groupadd, and newusers
+- error handling improvement
+  * Make sure errors and incomplete changes are reported to syslog and
+    audit in case of unexpected failures.
+  * Report system inconsistencies to syslog and audit.
+  * Only report success to syslog and audit if the changes are really
+    performed in the system databases.
+    This is still not complete.
+- /etc/login.defs
+  * New CREATE_HOME variable to tell useradd to create a home directory by
+    default.
+- Translations
+  * New Kazakh translation.
+  * Spanish manpages are no more distributed. They are outdated. Please
+    contact pkg-shadow-devel@lists.alioth.debian.org if you wish to
+    provide updates.
+
+- faillog
+  * Accept users specified as a numerical UID, or ranges of users (-user,
+    user-, user1-user2).
+  * -l, -m, and -r now apply not only to existing users, but to all the
+    specified UIDs.
+  * Options can be specified in any order.
+- gpasswd
+  * Added support for long options --add (-a), --delete (-d),
+    --remove-password (-r), --restrict (-R), --administrators (-A), and
+    --members (-M).
+  * Added support for usernames with arbitrary length.
+  * audit logging improvements.
+  * error handling improvement (see above).
+  * Log permission denied to syslog and audit.
+- groupadd
+  * audit logging improvements.
+  * error handling improvement (see above).
+  * Speedup (see "addition of users or groups" above).
+  * do not create groups with GID set to (gid_t)-1.
+  * Allocate system group GIDs in reverse order. This could be useful
+    later to increase the static IDs range.
+- groupdel
+  * audit logging improvements.
+  * error handling improvement (see above).
+- groupmems
+  * Check if user exist before they are added to groups.
+  * Avoid segfault in case the specified group does not exist in /etc/group.
+  * Everybody is allowed to list the users of a group.
+  * /etc/group is open readonly when one just wants to list the users of a
+    group.
+  * Added syslog support.
+  * Use the groupmems PAM service name instead of groupmod.
+  * Fix segmentation faults when adding or removing users from a group.
+  * Added support for shadow groups.
+  * Added support long options --add (-a), --delete (-d), --purge (-p),
+    --list (-l), --group (-g).
+- groupmod
+  * audit logging improvements.
+  * error handling improvement (see above).
+  * do not create groups with GID set to (gid_t)-1.
+- grpck
+  * warn for groups with GID set to (gid_t)-1.
+- login
+  * Restore the echoctl, echoke, onclr flags to the terminal termio flags.
+    Reset echoprt, noflsh, tostop. This behavior seems to have change by
+    mistake in earlier releases (4.0.8, for no obvious reason).
+- newusers
+  * Implement the -r, --system option.
+  * Speedup (see "addition of users or groups" above).
+  * do not create users with UID set to (gid_t)-1.
+  * do not create groups with GID set to (gid_t)-1.
+  * Allocate system account UIDs/GIDs in reverse order. This could be useful
+    later to increase the static IDs range.
+- passwd
+  * For compatibility with other passwd version, the --lock an --unlock
+    options do not lock or unlock the user account anymore.  They only
+    lock or unlock the user's password.
+- pwck
+  * warn for users with UID set to (uid_t)-1.
+- su
+  * Preserve COLORTERM in addition to TERM when su is called with the -l
+    option.
+- useradd
+  * audit logging improvements.
+  * Speedup (see "addition of users or groups" above).
+  * See CREATE_HOME above.
+  * New -M/--no-create-home option to disable CREATE_HOME.
+  * do not create users with UID set to (gid_t)-1.
+  * Added -Z option to map SELinux user for user's login.
+  * Allocate system user UIDs in reverse order. This could be useful
+    later to increase the static IDs range.
+- userdel
+  * audit logging improvements.
+  * Do not fail if the removed user is not in the shadow database.
+  * When the user's group shall be removed, do not fail if this group is
+    not in the gshadow file.
+  * Delete the SELinux user mapping for user's login.
+- usermod
+  * Allow adding LDAP users (or any user not present in the local passwd
+    file) to local groups
+  * do not create users with UID set to (gid_t)-1.
+  * Added -Z option to map SELinux user for user's login.
+
+shadow-4.1.2.1 -> shadow-4.1.2.2					23-11-2008
+
+*** security
+- Fix a race condition in login that could lead to gaining ownership or
+  changing mode of arbitrary files.
+- Fix a possible login DOS, which could be caused by injecting forged
+  entries in utmp.
+
 shadow-4.1.2 -> shadow-4.1.2.1						26-06-2008
 
 *** security

README

@@ -1,14 +1,19 @@
 Shadow SITES
 ============
 
+Homepage
+	http://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org/
+
 FTP site
 	ftp://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org/pub/pkg-shadow
 
 SVN repository
-	anonymous read only access: svn://svn.debian.org/pkg-shadow/
+	anonymous read only access: svn://svn.debian.org/pkg-shadow/upstream
 
 SVN web interface
-	http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/pkg-shadow
+	http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/pkg-shadow/upstream
+	or
+	http://svn.debian.org/viewsvn/pkg-shadow/upstream
 
 Mailing lists
 	for general discuss: pkg-shadow-devel@lists.alioth.debian.org
@@ -51,6 +56,7 @@ Calle Karlsson <ckn@kash.se>
 Chip Rosenthal <chip@unicom.com>
 Chris Evans <lady0110@sable.ox.ac.uk>
 Cristian Gafton <gafton@sorosis.ro>
+Dan Walsh <dwalsh@redhat.com>
 Darcy Boese <possum@chardonnay.niagara.com>
 Dave Hagewood <admin@arrowweb.com>
 David A. Holland <dholland@hcs.harvard.edu>
@@ -77,12 +83,14 @@ Juha Virtanen <jiivee@iki.fi>
 Julianne Frances Haugh <jockgrrl@ix.netcom.com>
 Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com>
 Luca Berra <bluca@www.polimi.it>
+Lukáš Kuklínek <lkukline@redhat.com>
 Lutz Schwalowsky <schwalow@mineralogie.uni-hamburg.de>
 Marc Ewing <marc@redhat.com>
 Martin Bene <mb@sime.com>
 Martin Mares <mj@gts.cz>
 Michael Meskes <meskes@topsystem.de>
 Michael Talbot-Wilson <mike@calypso.bns.com.au>
+Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
 Mike Pakovic <mpakovic@users.southeast.net>
 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>
 Nikos Mavroyanopoulos <nmav@i-net.paiko.gr>
@@ -91,6 +99,8 @@ Phillip Street
 Rafał Maszkowski <rzm@icm.edu.pl>
 Rani Chouha <ranibey@smartec.com>
 Sami Kerola <kerolasa@rocketmail.com>
+Sebastian Rick Rijkers <srrijkers@gmail.com>
+Seraphim Mellos <mellos@ceid.upatras.gr>
 Shane Watts <shane@nexus.mlckew.edu.au>
 Steve M. Robbins <steve@nyongwa.montreal.qc.ca>
 Thorsten Kukuk <kukuk@suse.de>
@@ -102,5 +112,6 @@ Werner Fink <werner@suse.de>
 Maintainers
 ===========
 
-Tomasz Kłoczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl> (2000-2006)
+Tomasz Kłoczko <kloczek@pld.org.pl> (2000-2007)
+Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net> (2007-now)
 

TODO

@@ -1,11 +1,38 @@
-passwd -l should lock the password, not the account.
+/etc/default/useradd
+ * GROUP=1000 should accept a group name.
 
-vipw: Test SHADOWGRP support before using gshadow features.
+Check when RLOGIN is enabled if ruserok() exists
 
-PAM: add support for customization of the PAM support (i.e. support the
-Debian PAM configuration)
+Move selinux_file_context out of libmisc/copydir.c
 
-PAM: check if a non-interactive conversation function could be used to 
+Review hardcoded root account?
+
+review all call to strto
+
+libmisc/cleanup_user.c
+	cleanup needed (cleanup_report_add_user* not used)
+
+
+libxcrypt support
+ * http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/browser/trunk/shadow/shadow-4.0.18.1-owl_blowfish-1.patch
+
+implement getlong, getulong.
+	avoid atoi, atol, atoul, strtol, strtoul, ...
+
+manpages: comment the RLOGIN parts
+
+Replace build_list (in lib/gshadow.c) and list (in lib/sgetgrent.c) by
+comma_to_list()
+
+Revert the modified files if all files could not be changed.
+  * or warn and indicate which files were modified and which were not.
+  * check the order the files are modified.
+
+report nscd_flush_cache failures?
+call nscd from the programs or from lib (commonio?)
+
+PAM: check if a non-interactive conversation function could be used to set
+the password in chpasswd and newusers
 
 WITH_SELINUX
   - review all tools to check that the strategies are consistent
@@ -13,33 +40,20 @@ WITH_SELINUX
 chage, chfn, chsh: same change needed as in passwd.
   - probably need moving check_selinux_access to a separate file.
 
-man useradd
-	document default behavior for GROUP
-	remove "The default group number is 1 or whatever is..."
-
-useradd manpage
-  - add -k option
-  - mention that -o require -u
-
 testsuite
  - newgrp
    - test with unknown user's GID
 
 newusers
  - add logging to SYSLOG & AUDIT
-
-faillog
- - accept numerical user and range of users
+ - use CREATE_HOME
+ - Add a -Z option (see useradd / usermod)
 
 Document when/where option appeared, document whether an option is standard
 or not.
 
-depends rules for the manpages
-
 Check all the expiry semantics
 
-Add options --crypt-method and --sha-rounds to gpasswd
-
 ALL:
 - move base passwd/shadow/group/gshadow operation to module for allow write
   different backend modules for db, NIS, LDAP and others. Default backend it
@@ -49,38 +63,52 @@ ALL:
   passwd have old piece of code with handling -r option and it will be good
   finish this and propagate on other shadow tools for allow operate on other
   user databases by well known tools.
+- Protect against signals. Register do_cleanups in a signal handler.
+
+- login.defs
+  - generate depending on configuration
 
 - useradd:
   - add handle create user mail spool in maildir format.
-
-- add handle -n switch in groups and id command for allow query is
-  group/user with specified id/gid exist - this will be very usable
-  on automation in packages for query/check is group/user exist in system
-  or not,
-
-- groupmems: 
-  - need some work on add PAM and i18n support.
+  - Add support for -k in -D mode
+  - Add support for -K in -D mode
+  - Add option to create or not the mail spool (and set the default in -D
+    mode)
+  - Change -l to reset the entry if an entry was already there
+  - set the mask in mkdir?
 
 - userdel:
   - add backup option for the removal of user resources,
-  - add lookop and remove per user group.
   - user_busy: check that the user is not running any processes.
+  - missing "deleting group" FAILED
+  - home dir removed, but userdel may fail and may leave the user
+    => warning needed
+
+- usermod
+  - add an option equivalent to useradd's -l (only when uid is changed)
+  - the mode of new home directories should be set according to the
+    original mode. Does copy_tree does this?
+  - user renamed, order is not kept in /etc/group (see
+    47_usermod-l_no_shadow_file). This is a problem when the first user is
+    considered as the admin.
+  - see mail "user ID change" on  April, 15
+    + fix call to chown (combination of -m and -u/-g)
+    + add tests
 
 - passwd:
   - check combination of options (e.g. -u/-l)
+  - when -u refuse to unlock because it would create an empty password, it
+    should not display "Password changed."
+    exit instead?
 
 - newgrp: check the USE_PAM section.
 
-- groupmems: check reason for isgroup
+- pwck
+  - Add check to move passwd passwords to shadow if there is a shadow
+    entry (with a password).
+  - Add check to move passwd passwords to shadow if there is a shadow
+    file.
 
-- newusers: doc for pw_gid not clear. Differentiate
-            pw_gid specified and exist
-            pw_gid specified but does not exist
-             * name
-             * number
-            pw_gid not specified.
-- newusers: document what happens when no uid is specified.
-- newusers: add option --system?
-
--Documentation:
- * document when options were added.
+- su
+  - add a login.defs configuration parameter to add variables to keep in
+    the environment with "su -l" (TERM/TERMCOLOR/...

configure.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
 AC_INIT
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(shadow, 4.1.2.1)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(shadow, 4.1.4.2)
 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
 
 dnl Some hacks...
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ dnl Checks for header files.
 AC_HEADER_DIRENT
 AC_HEADER_STDC
 AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
+AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
 
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(errno.h fcntl.h limits.h unistd.h sys/time.h utmp.h \
 	utmpx.h termios.h termio.h sgtty.h sys/ioctl.h syslog.h paths.h \
@@ -37,10 +38,10 @@ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(errno.h fcntl.h limits.h unistd.h sys/time.h utmp.h \
 dnl shadow now uses the libc's shadow implementation
 AC_CHECK_HEADER([shadow.h],,[AC_MSG_ERROR([You need a libc with shadow.h])])
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(l64a fchmod fchown fsync getgroups gethostname getspnam \
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(l64a fchmod fchown fsync futimes getgroups gethostname getspnam \
 	gettimeofday getusershell getutent initgroups lchown lckpwdf lstat \
-	memcpy memset setgroups sigaction strchr updwtmp updwtmpx innetgr \
-	getpwnam_r getpwuid_r getgrnam_r getgrgid_r getspnam_r)
+	lutimes memcpy memset setgroups sigaction strchr updwtmp updwtmpx innetgr \
+	getpwnam_r getpwuid_r getgrnam_r getgrgid_r getspnam_r getaddrinfo)
 AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
 
 dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
@@ -51,41 +52,39 @@ AC_TYPE_PID_T
 AC_TYPE_MODE_T
 AC_HEADER_STAT
 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_atim])
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_atimensec])
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_mtim])
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_mtimensec])
 AC_HEADER_TIME
 AC_STRUCT_TM
 
-if test "$ac_cv_header_utmp_h" = "yes"; then
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for ut_host in struct utmp,
-		ac_cv_struct_utmp_ut_host,
-		AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
-			[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <utmp.h>],
-				[struct utmp ut; char *cp = ut.ut_host;]
-			)],
-			[ac_cv_struct_utmp_ut_host=yes],
-			[ac_cv_struct_utmp_ut_host=no]
-		)
-	)
-
-	if test "$ac_cv_struct_utmp_ut_host" = "yes"; then
-		AC_DEFINE(UT_HOST, 1, [Define if you have ut_host in struct utmp.])
-	fi
-
-	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for ut_user in struct utmp,
-		ac_cv_struct_utmp_ut_user,
-		AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([#include <utmp.h>],
-				[struct utmp ut; char *cp = ut.ut_user;]
-			)],
-			[ac_cv_struct_utmp_ut_user=yes],
-			[ac_cv_struct_utmp_ut_user=no]
-		)
-	)
-
-	if test "$ac_cv_struct_utmp_ut_user" = "no"; then
-		AC_DEFINE(ut_user, ut_name,
-			[Define to ut_name if struct utmp has ut_name (not ut_user).])
-	fi
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmp.ut_type,
+                  struct utmp.ut_id,
+                  struct utmp.ut_name,
+                  struct utmp.ut_user,
+                  struct utmp.ut_host,
+                  struct utmp.ut_syslen,
+                  struct utmp.ut_addr,
+                  struct utmp.ut_addr_v6,
+                  struct utmp.ut_time,
+                  struct utmp.ut_xtime,
+                  struct utmp.ut_tv],,,[[#include <utmp.h>]])
+dnl There are dependencies:
+dnl If UTMPX has to be used, the utmp structure shall have a ut_id field.
+if test "$ac_cv_header_utmpx_h" = "yes" &&
+   test "$ac_cv_member_struct_utmp_ut_id" != "yes"; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR(Systems with UTMPX and no ut_id field in the utmp structure are not supported)
 fi
 
+AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct utmpx.ut_name,
+                  struct utmpx.ut_host,
+                  struct utmpx.ut_syslen,
+                  struct utmpx.ut_addr,
+                  struct utmpx.ut_addr_v6,
+                  struct utmpx.ut_time,
+                  struct utmpx.ut_xtime],,,[[#include <utmpx.h>]])
+
 if test "$ac_cv_header_lastlog_h" = "yes"; then
 	AC_CACHE_CHECK(for ll_host in struct lastlog,
 		ac_cv_struct_lastlog_ll_host,
@@ -212,8 +211,31 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(shadowgrp,
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(man,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-man],
 		[regenerate roff man pages from Docbook @<:@default=no@:>@])],
-	[enable_man=yes],
-        [enable_man=no]
+	[enable_man="${enableval}"],
+	[enable_man="no"]
+)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(account-tools-setuid,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-account-tools-setuid],
+		[Install the user and group management tools setuid and authenticate the callers. This requires --with-pam.])],
+	[case "${enableval}" in
+	 yes) enable_acct_tools_setuid="yes" ;;
+	  no) enable_acct_tools_setuid="no" ;;
+	   *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} for --enable-account-tools-setuid)
+	   ;;
+	 esac],
+	[enable_acct_tools_setuid="maybe"]
+)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(utmpx,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-utmpx],
+	                [enable loggin in utmpx / wtmpx @<:@default=no@:>@])],
+	[case "${enableval}" in
+	 yes) enable_utmpx="yes" ;;
+	  no) enable_utmpx="no" ;;
+	   *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} for --enable-utmpx) ;;
+	 esac],
+	[enable_utmpx="no"]
 )
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(audit, 
@@ -234,10 +256,31 @@ AC_ARG_WITH(libcrack,
 AC_ARG_WITH(sha-crypt,
 	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-sha-crypt], [allow the SHA256 and SHA512 password encryption algorithms @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
 	[with_sha_crypt=$withval], [with_sha_crypt=yes])
+AC_ARG_WITH(nscd,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-nscd], [enable support for nscd @<:@default=yes@:>@])],
+	[with_nscd=$withval], [with_nscd=yes])
+AC_ARG_WITH(group-name-max-length,
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-group-name-max-length], [set max group name length @<:@default=16@:>@])],
+	[with_group_name_max_length=$withval], [with_group_name_max_length=yes])
+
+if test "$with_group_name_max_length" = "no" ; then
+	with_group_name_max_length=0
+elif test "$with_group_name_max_length" = "yes" ; then
+	with_group_name_max_length=16
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH, $with_group_name_max_length, [max group name length])
+AC_SUBST(GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH)
+GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH="$with_group_name_max_length"
 
 AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_SHA_CRYPT, test "x$with_sha_crypt" = "xyes")
 if test "$with_sha_crypt" = "yes"; then
-		AC_DEFINE(USE_SHA_CRYPT, 1, [Define to allow the SHA256 and SHA512 password encryption algorithms])
+	AC_DEFINE(USE_SHA_CRYPT, 1, [Define to allow the SHA256 and SHA512 password encryption algorithms])
+fi
+
+if test "$with_nscd" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(posix_spawn,
+	              [AC_DEFINE(USE_NSCD, 1, [Define to support flushing of nscd caches])],
+	              [AC_MSG_ERROR([posix_spawn is needed for nscd support])])
 fi
 
 dnl Check for some functions in libc first, only if not found check for
@@ -268,7 +311,7 @@ if test "$enable_man" = "yes"; then
 	JH_CHECK_XML_CATALOG([http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current/manpages/docbook.xsl],
 		[DocBook XSL Stylesheets >= 1.70.1], [], enable_man=no)
 fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN, test x$enable_man != xno)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_REGENERATE_MAN, test "x$enable_man" != "xno")
 
 AC_SUBST(LIBCRYPT)
 AC_CHECK_LIB(crypt, crypt, [LIBCRYPT=-lcrypt],
@@ -280,6 +323,15 @@ if test "$with_audit" != "no"; then
 	if test "$audit_header$with_audit" = "noyes" ; then
 		AC_MSG_ERROR([libaudit.h is missing])
 	elif test "$audit_header" = "yes"; then
+		AC_CHECK_DECL(AUDIT_ADD_USER,,[audit_header="no"],[#include <libaudit.h>])
+		AC_CHECK_DECL(AUDIT_DEL_USER,,[audit_header="no"],[#include <libaudit.h>])
+		AC_CHECK_DECL(AUDIT_ADD_GROUP,,[audit_header="no"],[#include <libaudit.h>])
+		AC_CHECK_DECL(AUDIT_DEL_GROUP,,[audit_header="no"],[#include <libaudit.h>])
+		if test "$audit_header$with_audit" = "noyes" ; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR([AUDIT_ADD_USER AUDIT_DEL_USER AUDIT_ADD_GROUP or AUDIT_DEL_GROUP missing from libaudit.h])
+		fi
+	fi
+	if test "$audit_header" = "yes"; then
 		AC_CHECK_LIB(audit, audit_log_acct_message,
 		             [audit_lib="yes"], [audit_lib="no"])
 		if test "$audit_lib$with_audit" = "noyes" ; then
@@ -339,23 +391,55 @@ if test "$with_libpam" != "no"; then
 		AC_MSG_ERROR(libpam not found)
 	fi
 
-	AC_CHECK_LIB(pam_misc, main,
-	             [pam_misc_lib="yes"], [pam_misc_lib="no"])
-	if test "$pam_misc_lib$with_libpam" = "noyes" ; then
-		AC_MSG_ERROR(libpam_misc not found)
+	LIBPAM="-lpam"
+	pam_conv_function="no"
+
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(pam, openpam_ttyconv,
+	             [pam_conv_function="openpam_ttyconv"],
+	             AC_CHECK_LIB(pam_misc, misc_conv,
+	                          [pam_conv_function="misc_conv"; LIBPAM="$LIBPAM -lpam_misc"])
+	            )
+
+	if test "$pam_conv_function$with_libpam" = "noyes" ; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR(PAM conversation function not found)
 	fi
 
-	if test "$pam_lib$pam_misc_lib" = "yesyes" ; then
+	pam_headers_found=no
+	AC_CHECK_HEADERS( [security/openpam.h security/pam_misc.h],
+	                 [ pam_headers_found=yes ; break ], [],
+	                 [ #include <security/pam_appl.h> ] )
+	if test "$pam_headers_found$with_libpam" = "noyes" ; then
+	                AC_MSG_ERROR(PAM headers not found)
+	fi
+
+
+	if test "$pam_lib$pam_headers_found" = "yesyes" -a "$pam_conv_function" != "no" ; then
 		with_libpam="yes"
 	else
 		with_libpam="no"
+		unset LIBPAM
 	fi
 fi
 dnl Now with_libpam is either yes or no
 if test "$with_libpam" = "yes"; then
+	AC_CHECK_DECLS([PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED,
+	                PAM_DELETE_CRED,
+	                PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD,
+	                PAM_DATA_SILENT],
+	               [], [], [#include <security/pam_appl.h>])
+
+
+	save_libs=$LIBS
+	LIBS="$LIBS $LIBPAM"
+	# We do not use AC_CHECK_FUNCS to avoid duplicated definition with
+	# Linux PAM.
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(pam_fail_delay, [AC_DEFINE(HAS_PAM_FAIL_DELAY, 1, [Define to 1 if you have the declaration of 'pam_fail_delay'])])
+	LIBS=$save_libs
+
 	AC_DEFINE(USE_PAM, 1, [Define to support Pluggable Authentication Modules])
+	AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SHADOW_PAM_CONVERSATION, [$pam_conv_function],[PAM converstation to use])
 	AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_PAM, [true])
-	LIBPAM="-lpam -lpam_misc"
+
 	AC_MSG_CHECKING(use login and su access checking if PAM not used)
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
 else
@@ -365,6 +449,24 @@ else
 	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
 fi
 
+if test "$enable_acct_tools_setuid" != "no"; then
+	if test "$with_libpam" != "yes"; then
+		if test "$enable_acct_tools_setuid" = "yes"; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR(PAM support is required for --enable-account-tools-setuid)
+		else
+			enable_acct_tools_setuid="no"
+		fi
+	else
+		enable_acct_tools_setuid="yes"
+	fi
+	if test "$enable_acct_tools_setuid" = "yes"; then
+		AC_DEFINE(ACCT_TOOLS_SETUID,
+		          1,
+		          [Define if account management tools should be installed setuid and authenticate the callers])
+	fi
+fi
+AM_CONDITIONAL(ACCT_TOOLS_SETUID, test "x$enable_acct_tools_setuid" = "xyes")
+
 AC_SUBST(LIBSKEY)
 AC_SUBST(LIBMD)
 if test "$with_skey" = "yes"; then
@@ -380,6 +482,17 @@ if test "$with_skey" = "yes"; then
 	],[AC_DEFINE(SKEY_BSD_STYLE, 1, [Define to support newer BSD S/Key API])])
 fi
 
+if test "$enable_utmpx" = "yes"; then
+	if test "$ac_cv_header_utmpx_h" != "yes"; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR([The utmpx.h header file is required for utmpx support.])
+	fi
+	AC_DEFINE(USE_UTMPX,
+	          1,
+	          [Define if utmpx should be used])
+fi
+
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(SHELL, ["$SHELL"], [The default shell.])
+
 AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.16)
 AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
 AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_NLS, test "x$USE_NLS" = "xyes")
@@ -389,6 +502,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_FILES([
 	po/Makefile.in
 	doc/Makefile
 	man/Makefile
+	man/config.xml
 	man/po/Makefile.in
 	man/cs/Makefile
 	man/de/Makefile
@@ -423,8 +537,12 @@ echo
 echo "	auditing support:		$with_audit"
 echo "	CrackLib support:		$with_libcrack"
 echo "	PAM support:			$with_libpam"
+if test "$with_libpam" = "yes"; then
+echo "	suid account management tools:	$enable_acct_tools_setuid"
+fi
 echo "	SELinux support:		$with_selinux"
 echo "	shadow group support:		$enable_shadowgrp"
 echo "	S/Key support:			$with_skey"
 echo "	SHA passwords encryption:	$with_sha_crypt"
+echo "	nscd support:			$with_nscd"
 echo

contrib/adduser-old.c

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ void main()
 			fflush(stdin);
 		} else
 			if (dir[strlen(dir)-1]=='/')
-				sprintf(dir,"%s%s",dir,uname);
+				sprintf(dir+strlen(dir),"%s",uname);
 
 		printf("\nShell [%s]: ",DEFAULT_SHELL);
 		fflush(stdout);

contrib/adduser.c

@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ main (void)
 	      sprintf (dir, "%s/%s", DEFAULT_HOME, usrname);
 	    }
 	  else if (dir[strlen (dir) - 1] == '/')
-	    sprintf (dir, "%s%s", dir, usrname);
+	    sprintf (dir+strlen(dir), "%s", usrname);
 	}
       else
 	{

doc/WISHLIST

@@ -31,8 +31,6 @@ New ideas to add to this list are welcome, too.  --marekm
 - new option for /etc/suauth: don't load user's environment (force "su -")
   suggested by Ulisses Alonso Camaro
 - find out why recent releases won't compile on Solaris
-- newusers UID/GID selection algorithm should be the same as useradd
-  (and use UID_MIN, UID_MAX from login.defs)
 - newusers should be able to copy /etc/skel to the new home directory
   (like useradd)
 - add directories where other packages can add hooks for package-specific

etc/login.defs

@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
 
 #
 # Delay in seconds before being allowed another attempt after a login failure
+# Note: When PAM is used, some modules may enfore a minimal delay (e.g.
+#       pam_unix enforces a 2s delay)
 #
 FAIL_DELAY		3
 
@@ -169,7 +171,6 @@ TTYPERM		0600
 #
 #	ERASECHAR	Terminal ERASE character ('\010' = backspace).
 #	KILLCHAR	Terminal KILL character ('\025' = CTRL/U).
-#	UMASK		Default "umask" value.
 #	ULIMIT		Default "ulimit" value.
 #
 # The ERASECHAR and KILLCHAR are used only on System V machines.
@@ -180,9 +181,16 @@ TTYPERM		0600
 #
 ERASECHAR	0177
 KILLCHAR	025
-UMASK		022
 #ULIMIT		2097152
 
+# Default initial "umask" value for non-PAM enabled systems.
+# UMASK is also used by useradd and newusers to set the mode of new home
+# directories.
+# 022 is the default value, but 027, or even 077, could be considered
+# better for privacy. There is no One True Answer here: each sysadmin
+# must make up her mind.
+UMASK		022
+
 #
 # Password aging controls:
 #
@@ -215,7 +223,7 @@ CRACKLIB_DICTPATH	/var/cache/cracklib/cracklib_dict
 UID_MIN			 1000
 UID_MAX			60000
 # System accounts
-SYS_UID_MIN		  100
+SYS_UID_MIN		  101
 SYS_UID_MAX		  999
 
 #
@@ -224,7 +232,7 @@ SYS_UID_MAX		  999
 GID_MIN			 1000
 GID_MAX			60000
 # System accounts
-SYS_GID_MIN		  100
+SYS_GID_MIN		  101
 SYS_GID_MAX		  999
 
 #
@@ -367,3 +375,12 @@ USERGROUPS_ENAB yes
 # 0 is the default value and disables this feature.
 #
 #MAX_MEMBERS_PER_GROUP	0
+
+#
+# If useradd should create home directories for users by default (non
+# system users only)
+# This option is overridden with the -M or -m flags on the useradd command
+# line.
+#
+#CREATE_HOME     yes
+

etc/pam.d/Makefile.am

@@ -2,19 +2,21 @@
 # and also cooperate to make a distribution for `make dist'
 
 pamd_files = \
-	chage \
 	chfn \
+	chsh \
+	groupmems \
+	login \
+	passwd \
+	su
+
+pamd_acct_tools_files = \
+	chage \
 	chgpasswd \
 	chpasswd \
-	chsh \
 	groupadd \
 	groupdel \
-	groupmems \
 	groupmod \
-	login \
 	newusers \
-	passwd \
-	su \
 	useradd \
 	userdel \
 	usermod
@@ -22,6 +24,9 @@ pamd_files = \
 if USE_PAM
 pamddir = $(sysconfdir)/pam.d
 pamd_DATA = $(pamd_files)
+if ACCT_TOOLS_SETUID
+pamd_DATA += $(pamd_acct_tools_files)
+endif
 endif
 
-EXTRA_DIST = $(pamd_files)
+EXTRA_DIST = $(pamd_files) $(pamd_acct_tools_files)

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ libshadow_la_SOURCES = \
 	fputsx.c \
 	getdef.c \
 	getdef.h \
+	get_gid.c \
+	getlong.c \
+	get_pid.c \
+	get_uid.c \
+	getulong.c \
 	groupio.c \
 	groupmem.c \
 	groupio.h \
@@ -35,6 +40,7 @@ libshadow_la_SOURCES = \
 	pwmem.c \
 	sgetgrent.c \
 	sgetpwent.c \
+	sgetspent.c \
 	sgroupio.c \
 	sgroupio.h\
 	shadow.c \

lib/commonio.h

@@ -37,14 +37,18 @@
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 #include <selinux/selinux.h>
 #endif
+
+#include "defines.h" /* bool */
+
 /*
  * Linked list entry.
  */
 struct commonio_entry {
-	char *line;
-	void *eptr;		/* struct passwd, struct spwd, ... */
-	struct commonio_entry *prev, *next;
-	unsigned int changed:1;
+	/*@null@*/char *line;
+	/*@null@*/void *eptr;		/* struct passwd, struct spwd, ... */
+	/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *prev;
+	/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *next;
+	bool changed:1;
 };
 
 /*
@@ -55,12 +59,12 @@ struct commonio_ops {
 	 * Make a copy of the object (for example, struct passwd)
 	 * and all strings pointed by it, in malloced memory.
 	 */
-	void *(*dup) (const void *);
+	/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/void *(*dup) (const void *);
 
 	/*
 	 * free() the object including any strings pointed by it.
 	 */
-	void (*free) (void *);
+	void (*free) (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/void *);
 
 	/*
 	 * Return the name of the object (for example, pw_name
@@ -84,7 +88,7 @@ struct commonio_ops {
 	 * fgets and fputs (can be replaced by versions that
 	 * understand line continuation conventions).
 	 */
-	char *(*fgets) (char *, int, FILE *);
+	/*@null@*/char *(*fgets) (/*@returned@*/ /*@out@*/char *s, int n, FILE *stream);
 	int (*fputs) (const char *, FILE *);
 
 	/*
@@ -93,8 +97,8 @@ struct commonio_ops {
 	 * is open or before it is closed.
 	 * They return 0 on failure and 1 on success.
 	 */
-	int (*open_hook) (void);
-	int (*close_hook) (void);
+	/*@null@*/int (*open_hook) (void);
+	/*@null@*/int (*close_hook) (void);
 };
 
 /*
@@ -109,40 +113,41 @@ struct commonio_db {
 	/*
 	 * Operations from above.
 	 */
-	struct commonio_ops *ops;
+	/*@observer@*/const struct commonio_ops *ops;
 
 	/*
 	 * Currently open file stream.
 	 */
-	FILE *fp;
+	/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/FILE *fp;
 
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
-	security_context_t scontext;
+	/*@null@*/security_context_t scontext;
 #endif
 	/*
 	 * Head, tail, current position in linked list.
 	 */
-	struct commonio_entry *head, *tail, *cursor;
+	/*@owned@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *head, *tail;
+	/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *cursor;
 
 	/*
 	 * Various flags.
 	 */
-	unsigned int changed:1;
-	unsigned int isopen:1;
-	unsigned int locked:1;
-	unsigned int readonly:1;
+	bool changed:1;
+	bool isopen:1;
+	bool locked:1;
+	bool readonly:1;
 };
 
 extern int commonio_setname (struct commonio_db *, const char *);
-extern int commonio_present (const struct commonio_db *);
+extern bool commonio_present (const struct commonio_db *db);
 extern int commonio_lock (struct commonio_db *);
 extern int commonio_lock_nowait (struct commonio_db *);
 extern int commonio_open (struct commonio_db *, int);
-extern const void *commonio_locate (struct commonio_db *, const char *);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const void *commonio_locate (struct commonio_db *, const char *);
 extern int commonio_update (struct commonio_db *, const void *);
 extern int commonio_remove (struct commonio_db *, const char *);
 extern int commonio_rewind (struct commonio_db *);
-extern const void *commonio_next (struct commonio_db *);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const void *commonio_next (struct commonio_db *);
 extern int commonio_close (struct commonio_db *);
 extern int commonio_unlock (struct commonio_db *);
 extern void commonio_del_entry (struct commonio_db *,

lib/defines.h

@@ -4,29 +4,60 @@
 #ifndef _DEFINES_H_
 #define _DEFINES_H_
 
+#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H
+# include <stdbool.h>
+#else
+# if ! HAVE__BOOL
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+typedef bool _Bool;
+#  else
+typedef unsigned char _Bool;
+#  endif
+# endif
+# define bool _Bool
+# define false (0)
+# define true  (1)
+# define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
+#endif
+
 #define ISDIGIT_LOCALE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
 
 /* Take care of NLS matters.  */
-
-#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+#ifdef S_SPLINT_S
+extern char *setlocale(int categorie, const char *locale);
+# define LC_ALL		(6)
+extern char * bindtextdomain (const char * domainname, const char * dirname);
+extern char * textdomain (const char * domainname);
+# define _(Text) Text
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
 # include <locale.h>
+#else
+# undef setlocale
+# define setlocale(category, locale)	(NULL)
+# ifndef LC_ALL
+#  define LC_ALL	6
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #define gettext_noop(String) (String)
 /* #define gettext_def(String) "#define String" */
 
-#if ENABLE_NLS
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
 # include <libintl.h>
 # define _(Text) gettext (Text)
 #else
 # undef bindtextdomain
-# define bindtextdomain(Domain, Directory)	/* empty */
+# define bindtextdomain(Domain, Directory)	(NULL)
 # undef textdomain
-# define textdomain(Domain)	/* empty */
+# define textdomain(Domain)	(NULL)
 # define _(Text) Text
 # define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
     ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
 #endif
+#endif
 
 #if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
@@ -136,7 +167,7 @@ char *strchr (), *strrchr (), *strtok ();
 
 /* cleaner than lots of #ifdefs everywhere - use this as follows:
    SYSLOG((LOG_CRIT, "user %s cracked root", user)); */
-#if ENABLE_NLS
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
 /* Temporarily set LC_TIME to "C" to avoid strange dates in syslog.
    This is a workaround for a more general syslog(d) design problem -
    syslogd should log the current system time for each event, and not
@@ -146,17 +177,20 @@ char *strchr (), *strrchr (), *strtok ();
  * --Nekral */
 #define SYSLOG(x)							\
 	do {								\
-		char *saved_locale = setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL);		\
-		if (saved_locale)					\
-			saved_locale = strdup(saved_locale);		\
-		if (saved_locale)					\
-			setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");			\
-		syslog x ;						\
-		if (saved_locale) {					\
-			setlocale(LC_ALL, saved_locale);		\
-			free(saved_locale);				\
+		char *old_locale = setlocale(LC_ALL, NULL);		\
+		char *saved_locale = NULL;				\
+		if (NULL != old_locale) {				\
+			saved_locale = strdup (old_locale);		\
 		}							\
-	} while (0)
+		if (NULL != saved_locale) {				\
+			(void) setlocale (LC_ALL, "C");			\
+		}							\
+		syslog x ;						\
+		if (NULL != saved_locale) {				\
+			(void) setlocale (LC_ALL, saved_locale);	\
+			free (saved_locale);				\
+		}							\
+	} while (false)
 #else				/* !ENABLE_NLS */
 #define SYSLOG(x) syslog x
 #endif				/* !ENABLE_NLS */
@@ -303,6 +337,8 @@ extern char *strerror ();
 #define SHADOW_PASSWD_STRING "x"
 #endif
 
+#define SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET ((unsigned long int)-1)
+
 #ifdef WITH_AUDIT
 #ifdef __u8			/* in case we use pam < 0.80 */
 #undef __u8
@@ -321,4 +357,29 @@ extern char *strerror ();
 # define unused
 #endif
 
+/* ! Arguments evaluated twice ! */
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(x,y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+#endif
+
+/* Maximum length of usernames */
+#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+# include <utmpx.h>
+# define USER_NAME_MAX_LENGTH (sizeof (((struct utmpx *)NULL)->ut_user))
+#else
+# include <utmp.h>
+# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER
+#  define USER_NAME_MAX_LENGTH (sizeof (((struct utmp *)NULL)->ut_user))
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME
+#   define USER_NAME_MAX_LENGTH (sizeof (((struct utmp *)NULL)->ut_name))
+#  else
+#   define USER_NAME_MAX_LENGTH 32
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
 #endif				/* _DEFINES_H_ */

lib/encrypt.c

@@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ char *pw_encrypt (const char *clear, const char *salt)
 		 * expect us to return NULL, so...
 		 */
 		perror ("crypt");
-		exit (1);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 
 	/* The GNU crypt does not return NULL if the algorithm is not
 	 * supported, and return a DES encrypted password. */
-	if (salt && salt[0] == '$' && strlen (cp) <= 13)
+	if ((NULL != salt) && (salt[0] == '$') && (strlen (cp) <= 13))
 	{
 		const char *method;
 		switch (salt[1])
@@ -82,12 +82,15 @@ char *pw_encrypt (const char *clear, const char *salt)
 		fprintf (stderr,
 			 _("crypt method not supported by libcrypt? (%s)\n"),
 			  method);
-		exit (1);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 
-	if (strlen (cp) != 13)
+	if (strlen (cp) != 13) {
 		return cp;	/* nonstandard crypt() in libc, better bail out */
+	}
+
 	strcpy (cipher, cp);
 
 	return cipher;
 }
+

lib/exitcodes.h

@@ -32,7 +32,12 @@
 /*
  * Exit codes used by shadow programs
  */
-#define E_SUCCESS       	0	/* success */
+#define E_SUCCESS       	EXIT_SUCCESS	/* success */
+/*
+ * FIXME: other values should differ from EXIT_FAILURE (and EXIT_SUCCESS).
+ *
+ * FIXME: reserve EXIT_FAILURE for internal failures.
+ */
 #define E_NOPERM        	1	/* permission denied */
 #define E_USAGE         	2	/* invalid command syntax */
 #define E_BAD_ARG       	3	/* invalid argument to option */

lib/fputsx.c

@@ -39,23 +39,29 @@
 #ident "$Id$"
 
 
-char *fgetsx (char *buf, int cnt, FILE * f)
+/*@null@*/char *fgetsx (/*@returned@*/ /*@out@*/char *buf, int cnt, FILE * f)
 {
 	char *cp = buf;
 	char *ep;
 
 	while (cnt > 0) {
-		if (fgets (cp, cnt, f) == 0) {
-			if (cp == buf)
+		if (fgets (cp, cnt, f) != cp) {
+			if (cp == buf) {
 				return 0;
-			else
+			} else {
 				break;
+			}
 		}
-		if ((ep = strrchr (cp, '\\')) && *(ep + 1) == '\n') {
-			if ((cnt -= ep - cp) > 0)
-				*(cp = ep) = '\0';
-		} else
+		ep = strrchr (cp, '\\');
+		if ((NULL != ep) && (*(ep + 1) == '\n')) {
+			cnt -= ep - cp;
+			if (cnt > 0) {
+				cp = ep;
+				*cp = '\0';
+			}
+		} else {
 			break;
+		}
 	}
 	return buf;
 }
@@ -64,9 +70,10 @@ int fputsx (const char *s, FILE * stream)
 {
 	int i;
 
-	for (i = 0; *s; i++, s++) {
-		if (putc (*s, stream) == EOF)
+	for (i = 0; '\0' != *s; i++, s++) {
+		if (putc (*s, stream) == EOF) {
 			return EOF;
+		}
 
 #if 0				/* The standard getgr*() can't handle that.  --marekm */
 		if (i > (BUFSIZ / 2)) {
@@ -80,3 +87,4 @@ int fputsx (const char *s, FILE * stream)
 	}
 	return 0;
 }
+

lib/get_gid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+
+int get_gid (const char *gidstr, gid_t *gid)
+{
+	long long int val;
+	char *endptr;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	val = strtoll (gidstr, &endptr, 10);
+	if (   ('\0' == *gidstr)
+	    || ('\0' != *endptr)
+	    || (ERANGE == errno)
+	    || (/*@+longintegral@*/val != (gid_t)val)/*@=longintegral@*/) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	*gid = (gid_t)val;
+	return 1;
+}
+

lib/get_pid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+
+int get_pid (const char *pidstr, pid_t *pid)
+{
+	long long int val;
+	char *endptr;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	val = strtoll (pidstr, &endptr, 10);
+	if (   ('\0' == *pidstr)
+	    || ('\0' != *endptr)
+	    || (ERANGE == errno)
+	    || (/*@+longintegral@*/val != (pid_t)val)/*@=longintegral@*/) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	*pid = (pid_t)val;
+	return 1;
+}
+

lib/get_uid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+
+int get_uid (const char *uidstr, uid_t *uid)
+{
+	long long int val;
+	char *endptr;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	val = strtoll (uidstr, &endptr, 10);
+	if (   ('\0' == *uidstr)
+	    || ('\0' != *endptr)
+	    || (ERANGE == errno)
+	    || (/*@+longintegral@*/val != (uid_t)val)/*@=longintegral@*/) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	*uid = (uid_t)val;
+	return 1;
+}
+

lib/getdef.c

@@ -39,13 +39,14 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
 #include "getdef.h"
 /*
  * A configuration item definition.
  */
 struct itemdef {
-	const char *name;	/* name of the item                     */
-	char *value;		/* value given, or NULL if no value     */
+	/*@null@*/const char *name;	/* name of the item                     */
+	/*@null@*/char *value;		/* value given, or NULL if no value     */
 };
 
 #define NUMDEFS	(sizeof(def_table)/sizeof(def_table[0]))
@@ -131,10 +132,10 @@ static struct itemdef def_table[] = {
 #endif
 
 static char def_fname[] = LOGINDEFS;	/* login config defs file       */
-static int def_loaded = 0;	/* are defs already loaded?     */
+static bool def_loaded = false;		/* are defs already loaded?     */
 
 /* local function prototypes */
-static struct itemdef *def_find (const char *);
+static /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/struct itemdef *def_find (const char *);
 static void def_load (void);
 
 
@@ -145,14 +146,16 @@ static void def_load (void);
  * defined.  First time invoked, will load definitions from the file.
  */
 
-char *getdef_str (const char *item)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const char *getdef_str (const char *item)
 {
 	struct itemdef *d;
 
-	if (!def_loaded)
+	if (!def_loaded) {
 		def_load ();
+	}
 
-	return ((d = def_find (item)) == NULL ? (char *) NULL : d->value);
+	d = def_find (item);
+	return ((NULL == d)? (const char *) NULL : d->value);
 }
 
 
@@ -162,15 +165,18 @@ char *getdef_str (const char *item)
  * Return TRUE if specified item is defined as "yes", else FALSE.
  */
 
-int getdef_bool (const char *item)
+bool getdef_bool (const char *item)
 {
 	struct itemdef *d;
 
-	if (!def_loaded)
+	if (!def_loaded) {
 		def_load ();
+	}
 
-	if ((d = def_find (item)) == NULL || d->value == NULL)
-		return 0;
+	d = def_find (item);
+	if ((NULL == d) || (NULL == d->value)) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
 	return (strcasecmp (d->value, "yes") == 0);
 }
@@ -187,14 +193,27 @@ int getdef_bool (const char *item)
 int getdef_num (const char *item, int dflt)
 {
 	struct itemdef *d;
+	long val;
 
-	if (!def_loaded)
+	if (!def_loaded) {
 		def_load ();
+	}
 
-	if ((d = def_find (item)) == NULL || d->value == NULL)
+	d = def_find (item);
+	if ((NULL == d) || (NULL == d->value)) {
 		return dflt;
+	}
 
-	return (int) strtol (d->value, (char **) NULL, 0);
+	if (   (getlong (d->value, &val) == 0)
+	    || (val > INT_MAX)
+	    || (val < INT_MIN)) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("configuration error - cannot parse %s value: '%s'"),
+		         item, d->value);
+		return dflt;
+	}
+
+	return (int) val;
 }
 
 
@@ -209,14 +228,27 @@ int getdef_num (const char *item, int dflt)
 unsigned int getdef_unum (const char *item, unsigned int dflt)
 {
 	struct itemdef *d;
+	long val;
 
-	if (!def_loaded)
+	if (!def_loaded) {
 		def_load ();
+	}
 
-	if ((d = def_find (item)) == NULL || d->value == NULL)
+	d = def_find (item);
+	if ((NULL == d) || (NULL == d->value)) {
 		return dflt;
+	}
 
-	return (unsigned int) strtoul (d->value, (char **) NULL, 0);
+	if (   (getlong (d->value, &val) == 0)
+	    || (val < 0)
+	    || (val > INT_MAX)) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("configuration error - cannot parse %s value: '%s'"),
+		         item, d->value);
+		return dflt;
+	}
+
+	return (unsigned int) val;
 }
 
 
@@ -231,16 +263,59 @@ unsigned int getdef_unum (const char *item, unsigned int dflt)
 long getdef_long (const char *item, long dflt)
 {
 	struct itemdef *d;
+	long val;
 
-	if (!def_loaded)
+	if (!def_loaded) {
 		def_load ();
+	}
 
-	if ((d = def_find (item)) == NULL || d->value == NULL)
+	d = def_find (item);
+	if ((NULL == d) || (NULL == d->value)) {
 		return dflt;
+	}
 
-	return strtol (d->value, (char **) NULL, 0);
+	if (getlong (d->value, &val) == 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("configuration error - cannot parse %s value: '%s'"),
+		         item, d->value);
+		return dflt;
+	}
+
+	return val;
 }
 
+/*
+ * getdef_ulong - get unsigned long numerical value from table of definitions
+ *
+ * Returns numeric value of specified item, else the "dflt" value if
+ * the item is not defined.  Octal (leading "0") and hex (leading "0x")
+ * values are handled.
+ */
+
+unsigned long getdef_ulong (const char *item, unsigned long dflt)
+{
+	struct itemdef *d;
+	unsigned long val;
+
+	if (!def_loaded) {
+		def_load ();
+	}
+
+	d = def_find (item);
+	if ((NULL == d) || (NULL == d->value)) {
+		return dflt;
+	}
+
+	if (getulong (d->value, &val) == 0) {
+		/* FIXME: we should have a getulong */
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("configuration error - cannot parse %s value: '%s'"),
+		         item, d->value);
+		return dflt;
+	}
+
+	return val;
+}
 
 /*
  * putdef_str - override the value read from /etc/login.defs
@@ -252,28 +327,33 @@ int putdef_str (const char *name, const char *value)
 	struct itemdef *d;
 	char *cp;
 
-	if (!def_loaded)
+	if (!def_loaded) {
 		def_load ();
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Locate the slot to save the value.  If this parameter
 	 * is unknown then "def_find" will print an err message.
 	 */
-	if ((d = def_find (name)) == NULL)
+	d = def_find (name);
+	if (NULL == d) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Save off the value.
 	 */
-	if ((cp = strdup (value)) == NULL) {
-		fputs (_("Could not allocate space for config info.\n"),
-		       stderr);
+	cp = strdup (value);
+	if (NULL == cp) {
+		(void) fputs (_("Could not allocate space for config info.\n"),
+		              stderr);
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "could not allocate space for config info"));
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	if (d->value)
+	if (NULL != d->value) {
 		free (d->value);
+	}
 
 	d->value = cp;
 	return 0;
@@ -287,9 +367,8 @@ int putdef_str (const char *name, const char *value)
  * specified configuration option.
  */
 
-static struct itemdef *def_find (const char *name)
+static /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/struct itemdef *def_find (const char *name)
 {
-	int n;
 	struct itemdef *ptr;
 
 
@@ -297,9 +376,10 @@ static struct itemdef *def_find (const char *name)
 	 * Search into the table.
 	 */
 
-	for (ptr = def_table; ptr->name; ptr++) {
-		if (!(n = strcmp (ptr->name, name)))
+	for (ptr = def_table; NULL != ptr->name; ptr++) {
+		if (strcmp (ptr->name, name) == 0) {
 			return ptr;
+		}
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -307,9 +387,8 @@ static struct itemdef *def_find (const char *name)
 	 */
 
 	fprintf (stderr,
-		 _
-		 ("configuration error - unknown item '%s' (notify administrator)\n"),
-		 name);
+	         _("configuration error - unknown item '%s' (notify administrator)\n"),
+	         name);
 	SYSLOG ((LOG_CRIT, "unknown configuration item `%s'", name));
 	return (struct itemdef *) NULL;
 }
@@ -329,31 +408,35 @@ static void def_load (void)
 	/*
 	 * Open the configuration definitions file.
 	 */
-	if ((fp = fopen (def_fname, "r")) == NULL) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_CRIT, "cannot open login definitions %s [%m]",
-			 def_fname));
-		exit (1);
+	fp = fopen (def_fname, "r");
+	if (NULL == fp) {
+		int err = errno;
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_CRIT, "cannot open login definitions %s [%s]",
+		         def_fname, strerror (err)));
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Set the initialized flag.
 	 * (do it early to prevent recursion in putdef_str())
 	 */
-	++def_loaded;
+	def_loaded = true;
 
 	/*
 	 * Go through all of the lines in the file.
 	 */
-	while (fgets (buf, sizeof (buf), fp) != NULL) {
+	while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof (buf), fp) != NULL) {
 
 		/*
 		 * Trim trailing whitespace.
 		 */
-		for (i = strlen (buf) - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
-			if (!isspace (buf[i]))
+		for (i = (int) strlen (buf) - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+			if (!isspace (buf[i])) {
 				break;
+			}
 		}
-		buf[++i] = '\0';
+		i++;
+		buf[i] = '\0';
 
 		/*
 		 * Break the line into two fields.
@@ -372,14 +455,19 @@ static void def_load (void)
 
 		/*
 		 * Store the value in def_table.
+		 *
+		 * Ignore failures to load the login.defs file.
+		 * The error was already reported to the user and to
+		 * syslog. The tools will just use their default values.
 		 */
-		putdef_str (name, value);
+		(void)putdef_str (name, value);
 	}
 
-	if (ferror (fp)) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_CRIT, "cannot read login definitions %s [%m]",
-			 def_fname));
-		exit (1);
+	if (ferror (fp) != 0) {
+		int err = errno;
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_CRIT, "cannot read login definitions %s [%s]",
+		         def_fname, strerror (err)));
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 
 	(void) fclose (fp);
@@ -396,18 +484,22 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 	def_load ();
 
 	for (i = 0; i < NUMDEFS; ++i) {
-		if ((d = def_find (def_table[i].name)) == NULL)
+		d = def_find (def_table[i].name);
+		if (NULL == d) {
 			printf ("error - lookup '%s' failed\n",
-				def_table[i].name);
-		else
+			        def_table[i].name);
+		} else {
 			printf ("%4d %-24s %s\n", i + 1, d->name, d->value);
+		}
 	}
 	for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
-		if ((cp = getdef_str (argv[1])) != NULL)
+		cp = getdef_str (argv[1]);
+		if (NULL != cp) {
 			printf ("%s `%s'\n", argv[1], cp);
-		else
+		} else {
 			printf ("%s not found\n", argv[1]);
+		}
 	}
-	exit (0);
+	exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
 }
 #endif

lib/getdef.h

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2002 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -32,11 +33,12 @@
 #define _GETDEF_H
 
 /* getdef.c */
-extern int getdef_bool (const char *);
+extern bool getdef_bool (const char *);
 extern long getdef_long (const char *, long);
 extern int getdef_num (const char *, int);
+extern unsigned long getdef_ulong (const char *, unsigned long);
 extern unsigned int getdef_unum (const char *, unsigned int);
-extern char *getdef_str (const char *);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const char *getdef_str (const char *);
 extern int putdef_str (const char *, const char *);
 
 /* default UMASK value if not specified in /etc/login.defs */

lib/getlong.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -31,17 +31,27 @@
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
 
-int getlong(const char *numstr, long int *result)
+/*
+ * getlong - extract a long integer provided by the numstr string in *result
+ *
+ * It supports decimal, hexadecimal or octal representations.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on failure, 1 on success.
+ */
+int getlong (const char *numstr, /*@out@*/long int *result)
 {
 	long val;
 	char *endptr;
 
-	val = strtol (numstr, &endptr, 10);
-	if (*endptr || errno == ERANGE)
+	errno = 0;
+	val = strtol (numstr, &endptr, 0);
+	if (('\0' == *numstr) || ('\0' != *endptr) || (ERANGE == errno)) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
 	*result = val;
 	return 1;

lib/getulong.c

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id: getlong.c 2763 2009-04-23 09:57:03Z nekral-guest $"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * getulong - extract an unsigned long integer provided by the numstr string in *result
+ *
+ * It supports decimal, hexadecimal or octal representations.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on failure, 1 on success.
+ */
+int getulong (const char *numstr, /*@out@*/unsigned long int *result)
+{
+	long long int val;
+	char *endptr;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	val = strtoll (numstr, &endptr, 0);
+	if (    ('\0' == *numstr)
+	     || ('\0' != *endptr)
+	     || (ERANGE == errno)
+	     /*@+ignoresigns@*/
+	     || (val != (unsigned long int)val)
+	     /*@=ignoresigns@*/
+	   ) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	*result = (unsigned long int)val;
+	return 1;
+}
+

lib/groupio.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
  * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
+#include <assert.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #include "prototypes.h"
@@ -43,29 +44,24 @@
 #include "getdef.h"
 #include "groupio.h"
 
-static struct commonio_entry *merge_group_entries (struct commonio_entry *gr1,
-                                                   struct commonio_entry *gr2);
+static /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *merge_group_entries (
+	/*@null@*/ /*@returned@*/struct commonio_entry *gr1,
+	/*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *gr2);
 static int split_groups (unsigned int max_members);
 static int group_open_hook (void);
 
-static void *group_dup (const void *ent)
+static /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/void *group_dup (const void *ent)
 {
 	const struct group *gr = ent;
 
 	return __gr_dup (gr);
 }
 
-static void group_free (void *ent)
+static void group_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/void *ent)
 {
 	struct group *gr = ent;
 
-	free (gr->gr_name);
-	free (gr->gr_passwd);
-	while (*(gr->gr_mem)) {
-		free (*(gr->gr_mem));
-		gr->gr_mem++;
-	}
-	free (gr);
+	gr_free (gr);
 }
 
 static const char *group_getname (const void *ent)
@@ -91,8 +87,9 @@ static int group_close_hook (void)
 {
 	unsigned int max_members = getdef_unum("MAX_MEMBERS_PER_GROUP", 0);
 
-	if (0 == max_members)
+	if (0 == max_members) {
 		return 1;
+	}
 
 	return split_groups (max_members);
 }
@@ -109,7 +106,7 @@ static struct commonio_ops group_ops = {
 	group_close_hook
 };
 
-static struct commonio_db group_db = {
+static /*@owned@*/struct commonio_db group_db = {
 	GROUP_FILE,		/* filename */
 	&group_ops,		/* ops */
 	NULL,			/* fp */
@@ -119,17 +116,22 @@ static struct commonio_db group_db = {
 	NULL,			/* head */
 	NULL,			/* tail */
 	NULL,			/* cursor */
-	0,			/* changed */
-	0,			/* isopen */
-	0,			/* locked */
-	0			/* readonly */
+	false,			/* changed */
+	false,			/* isopen */
+	false,			/* locked */
+	false			/* readonly */
 };
 
-int gr_name (const char *filename)
+int gr_setdbname (const char *filename)
 {
 	return commonio_setname (&group_db, filename);
 }
 
+/*@observer@*/const char *gr_dbname (void)
+{
+	return group_db.filename;
+}
+
 int gr_lock (void)
 {
 	return commonio_lock (&group_db);
@@ -140,12 +142,12 @@ int gr_open (int mode)
 	return commonio_open (&group_db, mode);
 }
 
-const struct group *gr_locate (const char *name)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct group *gr_locate (const char *name)
 {
 	return commonio_locate (&group_db, name);
 }
 
-const struct group *gr_locate_gid (gid_t gid)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct group *gr_locate_gid (gid_t gid)
 {
 	const struct group *grp;
 
@@ -172,7 +174,7 @@ int gr_rewind (void)
 	return commonio_rewind (&group_db);
 }
 
-const struct group *gr_next (void)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct group *gr_next (void)
 {
 	return commonio_next (&group_db);
 }
@@ -189,15 +191,15 @@ int gr_unlock (void)
 
 void __gr_set_changed (void)
 {
-	group_db.changed = 1;
+	group_db.changed = true;
 }
 
-struct commonio_entry *__gr_get_head (void)
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *__gr_get_head (void)
 {
 	return group_db.head;
 }
 
-struct commonio_db *__gr_get_db (void)
+/*@observer@*/const struct commonio_db *__gr_get_db (void)
 {
 	return &group_db;
 }
@@ -211,20 +213,23 @@ static int gr_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
 {
 	gid_t u1, u2;
 
-	if ((*(struct commonio_entry **) p1)->eptr == NULL)
+	if ((*(struct commonio_entry **) p1)->eptr == NULL) {
 		return 1;
-	if ((*(struct commonio_entry **) p2)->eptr == NULL)
+	}
+	if ((*(struct commonio_entry **) p2)->eptr == NULL) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
 	u1 = ((struct group *) (*(struct commonio_entry **) p1)->eptr)->gr_gid;
 	u2 = ((struct group *) (*(struct commonio_entry **) p2)->eptr)->gr_gid;
 
-	if (u1 < u2)
+	if (u1 < u2) {
 		return -1;
-	else if (u1 > u2)
+	} else if (u1 > u2) {
 		return 1;
-	else
+	} else {
 		return 0;
+	}
 }
 
 /* Sort entries by GID */
@@ -238,11 +243,12 @@ static int group_open_hook (void)
 	unsigned int max_members = getdef_unum("MAX_MEMBERS_PER_GROUP", 0);
 	struct commonio_entry *gr1, *gr2;
 
-	if (0 == max_members)
+	if (0 == max_members) {
 		return 1;
+	}
 
-	for (gr1 = group_db.head; gr1; gr1 = gr1->next) {
-		for (gr2 = gr1->next; gr2; gr2 = gr2->next) {
+	for (gr1 = group_db.head; NULL != gr1; gr1 = gr1->next) {
+		for (gr2 = gr1->next; NULL != gr2; gr2 = gr2->next) {
 			struct group *g1 = (struct group *)gr1->eptr;
 			struct group *g2 = (struct group *)gr2->eptr;
 			if (NULL != g1 &&
@@ -257,11 +263,15 @@ static int group_open_hook (void)
 				if (NULL == gr1)
 					return 0;
 				/* Unlink gr2 */
-				if (NULL != gr2->next)
+				if (NULL != gr2->next) {
 					gr2->next->prev = gr2->prev;
+				}
+				/* gr2 does not start with head */
+				assert (NULL != gr2->prev);
 				gr2->prev->next = gr2->next;
 			}
 		}
+		assert (NULL != gr1);
 	}
 
 	return 1;
@@ -279,15 +289,16 @@ static int group_open_hook (void)
  * the modified first entry on success, or NULL on failure (with errno
  * set).
  */
-static struct commonio_entry *merge_group_entries (struct commonio_entry *gr1,
-                                                   struct commonio_entry *gr2)
+static /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *merge_group_entries (
+	/*@null@*/ /*@returned@*/struct commonio_entry *gr1,
+	/*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *gr2)
 {
 	struct group *gptr1;
 	struct group *gptr2;
 	char **new_members;
-	int members = 0;
+	size_t members = 0;
 	char *new_line;
-	int new_line_len, i;
+	size_t new_line_len, i;
 	if (NULL == gr2 || NULL == gr1) {
 		errno = EINVAL;
 		return NULL;
@@ -316,30 +327,36 @@ static struct commonio_entry *merge_group_entries (struct commonio_entry *gr1,
 	for (i=0; NULL != gptr2->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
 		char **pmember = gptr1->gr_mem;
 		while (NULL != *pmember) {
-			if (0 == strcmp(*pmember, gptr2->gr_mem[i]))
+			if (0 == strcmp(*pmember, gptr2->gr_mem[i])) {
 				break;
+			}
 			pmember++;
 		}
-		if (NULL == *pmember)
+		if (NULL == *pmember) {
 			members++;
+		}
 	}
 	new_members = (char **)malloc ( (members+1) * sizeof(char*) );
 	if (NULL == new_members) {
+		free (new_line);
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		return NULL;
 	}
-	for (i=0; NULL != gptr1->gr_mem[i]; i++)
+	for (i=0; NULL != gptr1->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
 		new_members[i] = gptr1->gr_mem[i];
+	}
 	members = i;
 	for (i=0; NULL != gptr2->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
 		char **pmember = new_members;
 		while (NULL != *pmember) {
-			if (0 == strcmp(*pmember, gptr2->gr_mem[i]))
+			if (0 == strcmp(*pmember, gptr2->gr_mem[i])) {
 				break;
+			}
 			pmember++;
 		}
 		if (NULL == *pmember) {
-			new_members[members++] = gptr2->gr_mem[i];
+			new_members[members] = gptr2->gr_mem[i];
+			members++;
 			new_members[members] = NULL;
 		}
 	}
@@ -360,7 +377,7 @@ static int split_groups (unsigned int max_members)
 {
 	struct commonio_entry *gr;
 
-	for (gr = group_db.head; gr; gr = gr->next) {
+	for (gr = group_db.head; NULL != gr; gr = gr->next) {
 		struct group *gptr = (struct group *)gr->eptr;
 		struct commonio_entry *new;
 		struct group *new_gptr;
@@ -382,12 +399,13 @@ static int split_groups (unsigned int max_members)
 		}
 		new->eptr = group_dup(gr->eptr);
 		if (NULL == new->eptr) {
+			free (new);
 			errno = ENOMEM;
 			return 0;
 		}
 		new_gptr = (struct group *)new->eptr;
 		new->line = NULL;
-		new->changed = 1;
+		new->changed = true;
 
 		/* Enforce the maximum number of members on gptr */
 		gptr->gr_mem[max_members] = NULL;

lib/groupio.h

@@ -31,17 +31,25 @@
  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 
+/* $Id$ */
+#ifndef _GROUPIO_H
+#define _GROUPIO_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <grp.h>
+
 extern int gr_close (void);
-extern const struct group *gr_locate (const char *);
-extern const struct group *gr_locate_gid (gid_t gid);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct group *gr_locate (const char *name);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct group *gr_locate_gid (gid_t gid);
 extern int gr_lock (void);
-extern int gr_name (const char *);
-extern const struct group *gr_next (void);
-extern int gr_open (int);
-extern int gr_remove (const char *);
+extern int gr_setdbname (const char *filename);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *gr_dbname (void);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct group *gr_next (void);
+extern int gr_open (int mode);
+extern int gr_remove (const char *name);
 extern int gr_rewind (void);
 extern int gr_unlock (void);
-extern int gr_update (const struct group *);
+extern int gr_update (const struct group *gr);
 extern int gr_sort (void);
 
+#endif

lib/groupmem.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
  * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -39,29 +39,51 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "groupio.h"
 
-struct group *__gr_dup (const struct group *grent)
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct group *__gr_dup (const struct group *grent)
 {
 	struct group *gr;
 	int i;
 
-	if (!(gr = (struct group *) malloc (sizeof *gr)))
+	gr = (struct group *) malloc (sizeof *gr);
+	if (NULL == gr) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
 	*gr = *grent;
-	if (!(gr->gr_name = strdup (grent->gr_name)))
+	gr->gr_name = strdup (grent->gr_name);
+	if (NULL == gr->gr_name) {
 		return NULL;
-	if (!(gr->gr_passwd = strdup (grent->gr_passwd)))
+	}
+	gr->gr_passwd = strdup (grent->gr_passwd);
+	if (NULL == gr->gr_passwd) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
 
 	for (i = 0; grent->gr_mem[i]; i++);
+
 	gr->gr_mem = (char **) malloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
-	if (!gr->gr_mem)
+	if (NULL == gr->gr_mem) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
 	for (i = 0; grent->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
 		gr->gr_mem[i] = strdup (grent->gr_mem[i]);
-		if (!gr->gr_mem[i])
+		if (NULL == gr->gr_mem[i]) {
 			return NULL;
+		}
 	}
 	gr->gr_mem[i] = NULL;
+
 	return gr;
 }
 
+void gr_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct group *grent)
+{
+	free (grent->gr_name);
+	memzero (grent->gr_passwd, strlen (grent->gr_passwd));
+	free (grent->gr_passwd);
+	while (*(grent->gr_mem)) {
+		free (*(grent->gr_mem));
+		grent->gr_mem++;
+	}
+	free (grent);
+}
+

lib/gshadow.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -40,21 +40,20 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
-static FILE *shadow;
-static char sgrbuf[BUFSIZ * 4];
-static char **members = NULL;
+static /*@null@*/FILE *shadow;
+static /*@null@*//*@only@*/char **members = NULL;
 static size_t nmembers = 0;
-static char **admins = NULL;
+static /*@null@*//*@only@*/char **admins = NULL;
 static size_t nadmins = 0;
 static struct sgrp sgroup;
 
 #define	FIELDS	4
 
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-static int nis_used;
-static int nis_ignore;
+static bool nis_used;
+static bool nis_ignore;
 static enum { native, start, middle, native2 } nis_state;
-static int nis_bound;
+static bool nis_bound;
 static char *nis_domain;
 static char *nis_key;
 static int nis_keylen;
@@ -65,19 +64,6 @@ static int nis_vallen;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-
-/*
- * __setsgNIS - turn on or off NIS searches
- */
-
-void __setsgNIS (int flag)
-{
-	nis_ignore = !flag;
-
-	if (nis_ignore)
-		nis_used = 0;
-}
-
 /*
  * bind_nis - bind to NIS server
  */
@@ -87,29 +73,35 @@ static int bind_nis (void)
 	if (yp_get_default_domain (&nis_domain))
 		return -1;
 
-	nis_bound = 1;
+	nis_bound = true;
 	return 0;
 }
 #endif
 
-static char **build_list (char *s, char **list[], size_t * nlist)
+static /*@null@*/char **build_list (char *s, char **list[], size_t * nlist)
 {
 	char **ptr = *list;
 	size_t nelem = *nlist, size;
 
 	while (s != NULL && *s != '\0') {
 		size = (nelem + 1) * sizeof (ptr);
-		if ((ptr = realloc (*list, size)) != NULL) {
-			ptr[nelem++] = s;
+		ptr = realloc (*list, size);
+		if (NULL != ptr) {
+			ptr[nelem] = s;
+			nelem++;
 			*list = ptr;
 			*nlist = nelem;
-			if ((s = strchr (s, ',')))
-				*s++ = '\0';
+			s = strchr (s, ',');
+			if (NULL != s) {
+				*s = '\0';
+				s++;
+			}
 		}
 	}
 	size = (nelem + 1) * sizeof (ptr);
-	if ((ptr = realloc (*list, size)) != NULL) {
-		ptr[nelem] = '\0';
+	ptr = realloc (*list, size);
+	if (NULL != ptr) {
+		ptr[nelem] = NULL;
 		*list = ptr;
 	}
 	return ptr;
@@ -120,41 +112,60 @@ void setsgent (void)
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
 	nis_state = native;
 #endif
-	if (shadow)
+	if (NULL != shadow) {
 		rewind (shadow);
-	else
+	} else {
 		shadow = fopen (SGROUP_FILE, "r");
+	}
 }
 
 void endsgent (void)
 {
-	if (shadow)
+	if (NULL != shadow) {
 		(void) fclose (shadow);
+	}
 
 	shadow = (FILE *) 0;
 }
 
-struct sgrp *sgetsgent (const char *string)
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *sgetsgent (const char *string)
 {
+	static char *sgrbuf = NULL;
+	static size_t sgrbuflen = 0;
+
 	char *fields[FIELDS];
 	char *cp;
 	int i;
+	size_t len = strlen (string) + 1;
 
-	strncpy (sgrbuf, string, (int) sizeof sgrbuf - 1);
-	sgrbuf[sizeof sgrbuf - 1] = '\0';
+	if (len > sgrbuflen) {
+		char *buf = (char *) realloc (sgrbuf, sizeof (char) * len);
+		if (NULL == buf) {
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		sgrbuf = buf;
+		sgrbuflen = len;
+	}
 
-	if ((cp = strrchr (sgrbuf, '\n')))
+	strncpy (sgrbuf, string, len);
+	sgrbuf[len-1] = '\0';
+
+	cp = strrchr (sgrbuf, '\n');
+	if (NULL != cp) {
 		*cp = '\0';
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * There should be exactly 4 colon separated fields.  Find
 	 * all 4 of them and save the starting addresses in fields[].
 	 */
 
-	for (cp = sgrbuf, i = 0; i < FIELDS && cp; i++) {
+	for (cp = sgrbuf, i = 0; (i < FIELDS) && (NULL != cp); i++) {
 		fields[i] = cp;
-		if ((cp = strchr (cp, ':')))
+		cp = strchr (cp, ':');
+		if (NULL != cp) {
 			*cp++ = '\0';
+		}
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -162,24 +173,26 @@ struct sgrp *sgetsgent (const char *string)
 	 * the line is invalid.
 	 */
 
-	if (cp || i != FIELDS)
+	if ((NULL != cp) || (i != FIELDS)) {
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (!IS_NISCHAR (fields[0][0]))
+		if (!IS_NISCHAR (fields[0][0])) {
 			return 0;
-		else
-			nis_used = 1;
+		} else {
+			nis_used = true;
+		}
 #else
 		return 0;
 #endif
+	}
 
 	sgroup.sg_name = fields[0];
 	sgroup.sg_passwd = fields[1];
-	if (nadmins) {
+	if (0 != nadmins) {
 		nadmins = 0;
 		free (admins);
 		admins = NULL;
 	}
-	if (nmembers) {
+	if (0 != nmembers) {
 		nmembers = 0;
 		free (members);
 		members = NULL;
@@ -197,44 +210,76 @@ struct sgrp *sgetsgent (const char *string)
  * converts it to a (struct sgrp).  NULL is returned on EOF.
  */
 
-struct sgrp *fgetsgent (FILE * fp)
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *fgetsgent (/*@null@*/FILE * fp)
 {
-	char buf[sizeof sgrbuf];
-	char *cp;
+	static size_t buflen = 0;
+	static char *buf = NULL;
 
-	if (!fp)
-		return (0);
+	char *cp;
+	struct sgrp *ret;
+
+	if (0 == buflen) {
+		buf = (char *) malloc (BUFSIZ);
+		if (NULL == buf) {
+			return NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == fp) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
 
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-	while (fgetsx (buf, sizeof buf, fp) != (char *) 0)
+	while (fgetsx (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf)
 #else
-	if (fgetsx (buf, sizeof buf, fp) != (char *) 0)
+	if (fgetsx (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf)
 #endif
 	{
-		if ((cp = strchr (buf, '\n')))
+		while (   ((cp = strrchr (buf, '\n')) == NULL)
+		       && (feof (fp) == 0)) {
+			size_t len;
+
+			cp = (char *) realloc (buf, buflen*2);
+			if (NULL == cp) {
+				return NULL;
+			}
+			buf = cp;
+			buflen *= 2;
+
+			len = strlen (buf);
+			if (fgetsx (&buf[len],
+			            (int) (buflen - len),
+			            fp) != &buf[len]) {
+				return NULL;
+			}
+		}
+		cp = strrchr (buf, '\n');
+		if (NULL != cp) {
 			*cp = '\0';
+		}
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (nis_ignore && IS_NISCHAR (buf[0]))
+		if (nis_ignore && IS_NISCHAR (buf[0])) {
 			continue;
+		}
 #endif
 		return (sgetsgent (buf));
 	}
-	return 0;
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 /*
  * getsgent - get a single shadow group entry
  */
 
-struct sgrp *getsgent (void)
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *getsgent (void)
 {
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-	int nis_1_group = 0;
+	bool nis_1_group = false;
 	struct sgrp *val;
-	char buf[BUFSIZ];
 #endif
-	if (!shadow)
+	if (NULL == shadow) {
 		setsgent ();
+	}
 
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
       again:
@@ -249,8 +294,10 @@ struct sgrp *getsgent (void)
 		 * NULL right away if there is none.
 		 */
 
-		if (!(val = fgetsgent (shadow)))
+		val = fgetsgent (shadow);
+		if (NULL == val) {
 			return 0;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * If this entry began with a NIS escape character, we have
@@ -259,10 +306,11 @@ struct sgrp *getsgent (void)
 		 */
 
 		if (IS_NISCHAR (val->sg_name[0])) {
-			if (val->sg_name[1])
-				nis_1_group = 1;
-			else
+			if ('\0' != val->sg_name[1]) {
+				nis_1_group = true;
+			} else {
 				nis_state = start;
+			}
 		}
 
 		/*
@@ -270,16 +318,18 @@ struct sgrp *getsgent (void)
 		 * use a NIS map, it must be a regular local group.
 		 */
 
-		if (nis_1_group == 0 && nis_state != start)
+		if (!nis_1_group && (nis_state != start)) {
 			return val;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * If this is an escape to use an NIS map, switch over to
 		 * that bunch of code.
 		 */
 
-		if (nis_state == start)
+		if (nis_state == start) {
 			goto again;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * NEEDSWORK.  Here we substitute pieces-parts of this entry.
@@ -287,7 +337,7 @@ struct sgrp *getsgent (void)
 
 		return 0;
 	} else {
-		if (nis_bound == 0) {
+		if (!nis_bound) {
 			if (bind_nis ()) {
 				nis_state = native2;
 				goto again;
@@ -319,12 +369,11 @@ struct sgrp *getsgent (void)
  * getsgnam - get a shadow group entry by name
  */
 
-struct sgrp *getsgnam (const char *name)
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *getsgnam (const char *name)
 {
 	struct sgrp *sgrp;
 
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-	char buf[BUFSIZ];
 	static char save_name[16];
 	int nis_disabled = 0;
 #endif
@@ -339,8 +388,9 @@ struct sgrp *getsgnam (const char *name)
 		 * Search the gshadow.byname map for this group.
 		 */
 
-		if (!nis_bound)
+		if (!nis_bound) {
 			bind_nis ();
+		}
 
 		if (nis_bound) {
 			char *cp;
@@ -348,11 +398,14 @@ struct sgrp *getsgnam (const char *name)
 			if (yp_match (nis_domain, "gshadow.byname", name,
 				      strlen (name), &nis_val,
 				      &nis_vallen) == 0) {
-				if (cp = strchr (nis_val, '\n'))
+				cp = strchr (nis_val, '\n');
+				if (NULL != cp) {
 					*cp = '\0';
+				}
 
 				nis_state = middle;
-				if (sgrp = sgetsgent (nis_val)) {
+				sgrp = sgetsgent (nis_val);
+				if (NULL != sgrp) {
 					strcpy (save_name, sgrp->sg_name);
 					nis_key = save_name;
 					nis_keylen = strlen (save_name);
@@ -365,20 +418,19 @@ struct sgrp *getsgnam (const char *name)
 #endif
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
 	if (nis_used) {
-		nis_ignore++;
-		nis_disabled++;
+		nis_ignore = true;
+		nis_disabled = true;
 	}
 #endif
 	while ((sgrp = getsgent ()) != (struct sgrp *) 0) {
-		if (strcmp (name, sgrp->sg_name) == 0)
+		if (strcmp (name, sgrp->sg_name) == 0) {
 			break;
+		}
 	}
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-	nis_ignore--;
+	nis_ignore = false;
 #endif
-	if (sgrp)
-		return sgrp;
-	return (0);
+	return sgrp;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -395,19 +447,23 @@ int putsgent (const struct sgrp *sgrp, FILE * fp)
 	int i;
 	size_t size;
 
-	if (!fp || !sgrp)
+	if ((NULL == fp) || (NULL == sgrp)) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
 	/* calculate the required buffer size */
 	size = strlen (sgrp->sg_name) + strlen (sgrp->sg_passwd) + 10;
-	for (i = 0; sgrp->sg_adm && sgrp->sg_adm[i]; i++)
+	for (i = 0; (NULL != sgrp->sg_adm) && (NULL != sgrp->sg_adm[i]); i++) {
 		size += strlen (sgrp->sg_adm[i]) + 1;
-	for (i = 0; sgrp->sg_mem && sgrp->sg_mem[i]; i++)
+	}
+	for (i = 0; (NULL != sgrp->sg_mem) && (NULL != sgrp->sg_mem[i]); i++) {
 		size += strlen (sgrp->sg_mem[i]) + 1;
+	}
 
 	buf = malloc (size);
-	if (!buf)
+	if (NULL == buf) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 	cp = buf;
 
 	/*
@@ -427,27 +483,32 @@ int putsgent (const struct sgrp *sgrp, FILE * fp)
 	 * with a ",".
 	 */
 
-	for (i = 0; sgrp->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
-		if (i > 0)
+	for (i = 0; NULL != sgrp->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
+		if (i > 0) {
 			*cp++ = ',';
+		}
 
 		strcpy (cp, sgrp->sg_adm[i]);
 		cp += strlen (cp);
 	}
-	*cp++ = ':';
+	*cp = ':';
+	cp++;
 
 	/*
 	 * Now do likewise with the group members.
 	 */
 
-	for (i = 0; sgrp->sg_mem[i]; i++) {
-		if (i > 0)
-			*cp++ = ',';
+	for (i = 0; NULL != sgrp->sg_mem[i]; i++) {
+		if (i > 0) {
+			*cp = ',';
+			cp++;
+		}
 
 		strcpy (cp, sgrp->sg_mem[i]);
 		cp += strlen (cp);
 	}
-	*cp++ = '\n';
+	*cp = '\n';
+	cp++;
 	*cp = '\0';
 
 	/*

lib/gshadow_.h

@@ -54,18 +54,18 @@ struct sgrp {
 #include <stdio.h>		/* for FILE */
 
 #if __STDC__
-struct sgrp *getsgent (void);
-struct sgrp *getsgnam (const char *);
-struct sgrp *sgetsgent (const char *);
-struct sgrp *fgetsgent (FILE *);
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *getsgent (void);
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *getsgnam (const char *);
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *sgetsgent (const char *);
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *fgetsgent (/*@null@*/FILE *);
 void setsgent (void);
 void endsgent (void);
 int putsgent (const struct sgrp *, FILE *);
 #else
-struct sgrp *getsgent ();
-struct sgrp *getsgnam ();
-struct sgrp *sgetsgent ();
-struct sgrp *fgetsgent ();
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *getsgent ();
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *getsgnam ();
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *sgetsgent ();
+/*@observer@*//*@null@*/struct sgrp *fgetsgent ();
 void setsgent ();
 void endsgent ();
 int putsgent ();

lib/nscd.c

@@ -1,7 +1,12 @@
 /* Author: Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com> */
 
+#include <config.h>
+#ifdef USE_NSCD
+
 /* because of TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
 #define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
 
 #include <features.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -11,8 +16,11 @@
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <sys/wait.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
+#include "defines.h"
 #include "nscd.h"
 
+#define MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED "Failed to flush the nscd cache.\n"
+
 /*
  * nscd_flush_cache - flush specified service buffer in nscd cache
  */
@@ -24,27 +32,34 @@ int nscd_flush_cache (const char *service)
 	char *spawnedEnv[] = {NULL};
 
 	/* spawn process */
-	if( (err=posix_spawn(&pid, spawnedArgs[0], NULL, NULL,
-			     spawnedArgs, spawnedEnv)) !=0 ) 
+	err = posix_spawn (&pid, spawnedArgs[0], NULL, NULL,
+	                   spawnedArgs, spawnedEnv);
+	if(0 != err)
 	{
-		fprintf(stderr, "posix_spawn() error=%d\n", err);
+		(void) fputs (_(MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), stderr);
+		(void) fprintf (stderr, "posix_spawn() error=%d\n", err);
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	/* Wait for the spawned process to exit */	
+	/* Wait for the spawned process to exit */
 	termpid = TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY (waitpid (pid, &status, 0));
-	if (termpid == -1)
+	if (-1 == termpid)
 	{
+		(void) fputs (_(MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), stderr);
 		perror("waitpid");
 		return -1;
 	}
 	else if (termpid != pid)
 	{
-		fprintf(stderr, "waitpid returned %ld != %ld\n",
-			 (long int) termpid, (long int) pid);
+		(void) fputs (_(MSG_NSCD_FLUSH_CACHE_FAILED), stderr);
+		(void) fprintf (stderr, "waitpid returned %ld != %ld\n",
+		               (long int) termpid, (long int) pid);
 		return -1;
 	}
 
 	return 0;
 }
+#else				/* USE_NSCD */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* USE_NSCD */
 

lib/nscd.h

@@ -4,6 +4,10 @@
 /*
  * nscd_flush_cache - flush specified service buffer in nscd cache
  */
+#ifdef	USE_NSCD
 extern int nscd_flush_cache (const char *service);
+#else
+#define nscd_flush_cache(service) (0)
+#endif
 
 #endif

lib/pam_defs.h

@@ -28,24 +28,31 @@
  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 
+#include <config.h>
 #include <security/pam_appl.h>
-#include <security/pam_misc.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SECURITY_PAM_MISC_H
+# include <security/pam_misc.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SECURITY_OPENPAM_H
+# include <security/openpam.h>
+#endif
+
 
 static struct pam_conv conv = {
-	misc_conv,
+	SHADOW_PAM_CONVERSATION,
 	NULL
 };
 
 /* compatibility with different versions of Linux-PAM */
-#ifndef PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED
+#if !HAVE_DECL_PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED
 #define PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED PAM_CRED_ESTABLISH
 #endif
-#ifndef PAM_DELETE_CRED
+#if !HAVE_DECL_PAM_DELETE_CRED
 #define PAM_DELETE_CRED PAM_CRED_DELETE
 #endif
-#ifndef PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD
+#if !HAVE_DECL_PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD
 #define PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD PAM_AUTHTOKEN_REQD
 #endif
-#ifndef PAM_DATA_SILENT
+#if !HAVE_DECL_PAM_DATA_SILENT
 #define PAM_DATA_SILENT 0
 #endif

lib/port.c

@@ -57,15 +57,19 @@ static int portcmp (const char *pattern, const char *port)
 {
 	const char *orig = port;
 
-	while (*pattern && *pattern == *port)
-		pattern++, port++;
+	while (('\0' != *pattern) && (*pattern == *port)) {
+		pattern++;
+		port++;
+	}
 
-	if (*pattern == 0 && *port == 0)
+	if (('\0' == *pattern) && ('\0' == *port)) {
 		return 0;
-	if (orig[0] == 'S' && orig[1] == 'U' && orig[2] == '\0')
+	}
+	if (('S' == orig[0]) && ('U' == orig[1]) && ('\0' == orig[2])) {
 		return 1;
+	}
 
-	return *pattern == '*' ? 0 : 1;
+	return (*pattern == '*') ? 0 : 1;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -77,10 +81,11 @@ static int portcmp (const char *pattern, const char *port)
 
 static void setportent (void)
 {
-	if (ports)
+	if (NULL != ports) {
 		rewind (ports);
-	else
+	} else {
 		ports = fopen (PORTS, "r");
+	}
 }
 
 /*
@@ -93,8 +98,9 @@ static void setportent (void)
 
 static void endportent (void)
 {
-	if (ports)
-		fclose (ports);
+	if (NULL != ports) {
+		(void) fclose (ports);
+	}
 
 	ports = (FILE *) 0;
 }
@@ -125,10 +131,11 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 	 * since we want to search from the beginning each time.
 	 */
 
-	if (!ports)
+	if (NULL == ports) {
 		setportent ();
+	}
 
-	if (!ports) {
+	if (NULL == ports) {
 		errno = saveerr;
 		return 0;
 	}
@@ -150,12 +157,13 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 	 * is a '\n'.  Lines which begin with '#' are all ignored.
 	 */
 
-	if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, ports) == 0) {
+	if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, ports) == 0) {
 		errno = saveerr;
 		return 0;
 	}
-	if (buf[0] == '#')
+	if ('#' == buf[0]) {
 		goto again;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the name of the TTY device.  It is the first colon
@@ -169,19 +177,24 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 	port.pt_names = ttys;
 	for (cp = buf, j = 0; j < PORT_TTY; j++) {
 		port.pt_names[j] = cp;
-		while (*cp && *cp != ':' && *cp != ',')
+		while (('\0' != *cp) && (':' != *cp) && (',' != *cp)) {
 			cp++;
+		}
 
-		if (!*cp)
+		if ('\0' == *cp) {
 			goto again;	/* line format error */
+		}
 
-		if (*cp == ':')	/* end of tty name list */
+		if (':' == *cp) {	/* end of tty name list */
 			break;
+		}
 
-		if (*cp == ',')	/* end of current tty name */
+		if (',' == *cp) {	/* end of current tty name */
 			*cp++ = '\0';
+		}
 	}
-	*cp++ = 0;
+	*cp = '\0';
+	cp++;
 	port.pt_names[j + 1] = (char *) 0;
 
 	/*
@@ -191,24 +204,29 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 	 * The last entry in the list is a (char *) 0 pointer.
 	 */
 
-	if (*cp != ':') {
+	if (':' != *cp) {
 		port.pt_users = users;
 		port.pt_users[0] = cp;
 
-		for (j = 1; *cp != ':'; cp++) {
-			if (*cp == ',' && j < PORT_IDS) {
-				*cp++ = 0;
-				port.pt_users[j++] = cp;
+		for (j = 1; ':' != *cp; cp++) {
+			if ((',' == *cp) && (j < PORT_IDS)) {
+				*cp = '\0';
+				cp++;
+				port.pt_users[j] = cp;
+				j++;
 			}
 		}
 		port.pt_users[j] = 0;
-	} else
+	} else {
 		port.pt_users = 0;
+	}
 
-	if (*cp != ':')
+	if (':' != *cp) {
 		goto again;
+	}
 
-	*cp++ = 0;
+	*cp = '\0';
+	cp++;
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the list of valid times.  The times field is the third
@@ -223,7 +241,7 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 	 * the starting time.  Days are presumed to wrap at 0000.
 	 */
 
-	if (*cp == '\0') {
+	if ('\0' == *cp) {
 		port.pt_times = 0;
 		return &port;
 	}
@@ -234,7 +252,7 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 	 * Get the next comma separated entry
 	 */
 
-	for (j = 0; *cp && j < PORT_TIMES; j++) {
+	for (j = 0; ('\0' != *cp) && (j < PORT_TIMES); j++) {
 
 		/*
 		 * Start off with no days of the week
@@ -248,7 +266,9 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 		 * week or the other two values.
 		 */
 
-		for (i = 0; cp[i] && cp[i + 1] && isalpha (cp[i]); i += 2) {
+		for (i = 0;
+		     ('\0' != cp[i]) && ('\0' != cp[i + 1]) && isalpha (cp[i]);
+		     i += 2) {
 			switch ((cp[i] << 8) | (cp[i + 1])) {
 			case ('S' << 8) | 'u':
 				port.pt_times[j].t_days |= 01;
@@ -287,8 +307,9 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 		 * The default is 'Al' if no days were seen.
 		 */
 
-		if (i == 0)
+		if (0 == i) {
 			port.pt_times[j].t_days = 0177;
+		}
 
 		/*
 		 * The start and end times are separated from each
@@ -296,19 +317,27 @@ static struct port *getportent (void)
 		 * representing the times of day.
 		 */
 
-		for (dtime = 0; cp[i] && isdigit (cp[i]); i++)
+		for (dtime = 0; ('\0' != cp[i]) && isdigit (cp[i]); i++) {
 			dtime = dtime * 10 + cp[i] - '0';
+		}
 
-		if (cp[i] != '-' || dtime > 2400 || dtime % 100 > 59)
+		if (('-' != cp[i]) || (dtime > 2400) || ((dtime % 100) > 59)) {
 			goto again;
+		}
 		port.pt_times[j].t_start = dtime;
 		cp = cp + i + 1;
 
-		for (dtime = i = 0; cp[i] && isdigit (cp[i]); i++)
+		for (dtime = 0, i = 0;
+		     ('\0' != cp[i]) && isdigit (cp[i]);
+		     i++) {
 			dtime = dtime * 10 + cp[i] - '0';
+		}
 
-		if ((cp[i] != ',' && cp[i]) || dtime > 2400 || dtime % 100 > 59)
+		if (   ((',' != cp[i]) && ('\0' != cp[i]))
+		    || (dtime > 2400)
+		    || ((dtime % 100) > 59)) {
 			goto again;
+		}
 
 		port.pt_times[j].t_end = dtime;
 		cp = cp + i + 1;
@@ -340,24 +369,32 @@ static struct port *getttyuser (const char *tty, const char *user)
 
 	setportent ();
 
-	while ((port = getportent ())) {
-		if (port->pt_names == 0 || port->pt_users == 0)
+	while ((port = getportent ()) != NULL) {
+		if (   (0 == port->pt_names)
+		    || (0 == port->pt_users)) {
 			continue;
+		}
 
-		for (i = 0; port->pt_names[i]; i++)
-			if (portcmp (port->pt_names[i], tty) == 0)
+		for (i = 0; NULL != port->pt_names[i]; i++) {
+			if (portcmp (port->pt_names[i], tty) == 0) {
 				break;
+			}
+		}
 
-		if (port->pt_names[i] == 0)
+		if (port->pt_names[i] == 0) {
 			continue;
+		}
 
-		for (j = 0; port->pt_users[j]; j++)
-			if (strcmp (user, port->pt_users[j]) == 0 ||
-			    strcmp (port->pt_users[j], "*") == 0)
+		for (j = 0; NULL != port->pt_users[j]; j++) {
+			if (   (strcmp (user, port->pt_users[j]) == 0)
+			    || (strcmp (port->pt_users[j], "*") == 0)) {
 				break;
+			}
+		}
 
-		if (port->pt_users[j] != 0)
+		if (port->pt_users[j] != 0) {
 			break;
+		}
 	}
 	endportent ();
 	return port;
@@ -370,7 +407,7 @@ static struct port *getttyuser (const char *tty, const char *user)
  *	the user name and TTY given.
  */
 
-int isttytime (const char *id, const char *port, time_t when)
+bool isttytime (const char *id, const char *port, time_t when)
 {
 	int i;
 	int dtime;
@@ -379,24 +416,27 @@ int isttytime (const char *id, const char *port, time_t when)
 
 	/*
 	 * Try to find a matching entry for this user.  Default to
-	 * letting the user in - there are pleny of ways to have an
+	 * letting the user in - there are plenty of ways to have an
 	 * entry to match all users.
 	 */
 
-	if (!(pp = getttyuser (port, id)))
-		return 1;
+	pp = getttyuser (port, id);
+	if (NULL == pp) {
+		return true;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * The entry is there, but has no time entries - don't
 	 * ever let them login.
 	 */
 
-	if (pp->pt_times == 0)
-		return 0;
+	if (0 == pp->pt_times) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * The current time is converted to HHMM format for
-	 * comparision against the time values in the TTY entry.
+	 * comparison against the time values in the TTY entry.
 	 */
 
 	tm = localtime (&when);
@@ -405,22 +445,25 @@ int isttytime (const char *id, const char *port, time_t when)
 	/*
 	 * Each time entry is compared against the current
 	 * time.  For entries with the start after the end time,
-	 * the comparision is made so that the time is between
+	 * the comparison is made so that the time is between
 	 * midnight and either the start or end time.
 	 */
 
 	for (i = 0; pp->pt_times[i].t_start != -1; i++) {
-		if (!(pp->pt_times[i].t_days & PORT_DAY (tm->tm_wday)))
+		if (!(pp->pt_times[i].t_days & PORT_DAY (tm->tm_wday))) {
 			continue;
+		}
 
 		if (pp->pt_times[i].t_start <= pp->pt_times[i].t_end) {
-			if (dtime >= pp->pt_times[i].t_start &&
-			    dtime <= pp->pt_times[i].t_end)
-				return 1;
+			if (   (dtime >= pp->pt_times[i].t_start)
+			    && (dtime <= pp->pt_times[i].t_end)) {
+				return true;
+			}
 		} else {
-			if (dtime >= pp->pt_times[i].t_start ||
-			    dtime <= pp->pt_times[i].t_end)
-				return 1;
+			if (   (dtime >= pp->pt_times[i].t_start)
+			    || (dtime <= pp->pt_times[i].t_end)) {
+				return true;
+			}
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -429,5 +472,6 @@ int isttytime (const char *id, const char *port, time_t when)
 	 * be let in right now.
 	 */
 
-	return 0;
+	return false;
 }
+

lib/prototypes.h

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -43,11 +43,12 @@
 #define _PROTOTYPES_H
 
 #include <sys/stat.h>
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
 #include <utmpx.h>
 #else
 #include <utmp.h>
 #endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 #include <shadow.h>
@@ -56,14 +57,18 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "commonio.h"
 
+extern char *Prog;
+
 /* addgrps.c */
+#if defined (HAVE_SETGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
 extern int add_groups (const char *);
-extern void add_cons_grps (void);
+#endif
 
 /* age.c */
-extern void agecheck (const struct passwd *, const struct spwd *);
-extern int expire (const struct passwd *, const struct spwd *);
-extern int isexpired (const struct passwd *, const struct spwd *);
+extern void agecheck (/*@null@*/const struct spwd *);
+extern int expire (const struct passwd *, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *);
+/* isexpired.c */
+extern int isexpired (const struct passwd *, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *);
 
 /* basename() renamed to Basename() to avoid libc name space confusion */
 /* basename.c */
@@ -73,16 +78,51 @@ extern char *Basename (char *str);
 extern int chown_tree (const char *, uid_t, uid_t, gid_t, gid_t);
 
 /* chowntty.c */
-extern void chown_tty (const char *, const struct passwd *);
+extern void chown_tty (const struct passwd *);
+
+/* cleanup.c */
+typedef void (*cleanup_function) (/*@null@*/void *arg);
+void add_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg);
+void del_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf);
+void do_cleanups (void);
+
+/* cleanup_group.c */
+struct cleanup_info_mod {
+	char *audit_msg;
+	char *action;
+	char *name;
+};
+void cleanup_report_add_group (void *group_name);
+void cleanup_report_add_group_group (void *group_name);
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+void cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow (void *group_name);
+#endif
+void cleanup_report_del_group (void *group_name);
+void cleanup_report_del_group_group (void *group_name);
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+void cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow (void *group_name);
+#endif
+void cleanup_report_mod_passwd (void *cleanup_info);
+void cleanup_report_mod_group (void *cleanup_info);
+void cleanup_report_mod_gshadow (void *cleanup_info);
+void cleanup_unlock_group (/*@null@*/void *unused);
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+void cleanup_unlock_gshadow (/*@null@*/void *unused);
+#endif
+void cleanup_unlock_passwd (/*@null@*/void *unused);
 
 /* console.c */
-extern int console (const char *);
+extern bool console (const char *);
 
 /* copydir.c */
 extern int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
                       long int uid, long int gid);
 extern int remove_tree (const char *root);
 
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+extern int selinux_file_context (const char *dst_name);
+#endif
+
 /* encrypt.c */
 extern char *pw_encrypt (const char *, const char *);
 
@@ -90,7 +130,7 @@ extern char *pw_encrypt (const char *, const char *);
 extern void pw_entry (const char *, struct passwd *);
 
 /* env.c */
-extern void addenv (const char *, const char *);
+extern void addenv (const char *, /*@null@*/const char *);
 extern void initenv (void);
 extern void set_env (int, char *const *);
 extern void sanitize_env (void);
@@ -99,28 +139,55 @@ extern void sanitize_env (void);
 extern void change_field (char *, size_t, const char *);
 extern int valid_field (const char *, const char *);
 
-/* find_new_ids.c */
-extern int find_new_uid (int sys_user, uid_t *uid, uid_t const *preferred_uid);
-extern int find_new_gid (int sys_group, gid_t *gid, gid_t const *preferred_gid);
+/* find_new_gid.c */
+extern int find_new_gid (bool sys_group,
+                         gid_t *gid,
+                         /*@null@*/gid_t const *preferred_gid);
+
+/* find_new_uid.c */
+extern int find_new_uid (bool sys_user,
+                         uid_t *uid,
+                         /*@null@*/uid_t const *preferred_uid);
+
+/* get_gid.c */
+extern int get_gid (const char *gidstr, gid_t *gid);
+
+/* getgr_nam_gid.c */
+extern /*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (const char *grname);
 
 /* getlong.c */
-extern int getlong(const char *numstr, long int *result);
+extern int getlong (const char *numstr, /*@out@*/long int *result);
+
+/* get_pid.c */
+extern int get_pid (const char *pidstr, pid_t *pid);
+
+/* getrange */
+extern int getrange (char *range,
+                     unsigned long *min, bool *has_min,
+                     unsigned long *max, bool *has_max);
+
+/* get_uid.c */
+extern int get_uid (const char *uidstr, uid_t *uid);
+
+/* getulong.c */
+extern int getulong (const char *numstr, /*@out@*/unsigned long int *result);
 
 /* fputsx.c */
-extern char *fgetsx (char *, int, FILE *);
+extern /*@null@*/char *fgetsx (/*@returned@*/ /*@out@*/char *, int, FILE *);
 extern int fputsx (const char *, FILE *);
 
 /* groupio.c */
 extern void __gr_del_entry (const struct commonio_entry *ent);
-extern struct commonio_db *__gr_get_db (void);
-extern struct commonio_entry *__gr_get_head (void);
+extern /*@observer@*/const struct commonio_db *__gr_get_db (void);
+extern /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *__gr_get_head (void);
 extern void __gr_set_changed (void);
 
 /* groupmem.c */
-extern struct group *__gr_dup (const struct group *grent);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct group *__gr_dup (const struct group *grent);
+extern void gr_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct group *grent);
 
 /* hushed.c */
-extern int hushed (const struct passwd *);
+extern bool hushed (const char *username);
 
 /* audit_help.c */
 #ifdef WITH_AUDIT
@@ -128,25 +195,33 @@ extern int audit_fd;
 extern void audit_help_open (void);
 /* Use AUDIT_NO_ID when a name is provided to audit_logger instead of an ID */
 #define AUDIT_NO_ID	((unsigned int) -1)
+typedef enum {
+	SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE = 0,
+	SHADOW_AUDIT_SUCCESS = 1} shadow_audit_result;
 extern void audit_logger (int type, const char *pgname, const char *op,
-			  const char *name, unsigned int id, int result);
+                          const char *name, unsigned int id,
+                          shadow_audit_result result);
+void audit_logger_message (const char *message, shadow_audit_result result);
 #endif
 
 /* limits.c */
+#ifndef USE_PAM
 extern void setup_limits (const struct passwd *);
+#endif
 
 /* list.c */
-extern char **add_list (char **, const char *);
-extern char **del_list (char **, const char *);
-extern char **dup_list (char *const *);
-extern int is_on_list (char *const *, const char *);
-extern char **comma_to_list (const char *);
+extern /*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **add_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **, const char *);
+extern /*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **del_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **, const char *);
+extern /*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **dup_list (char *const *);
+extern bool is_on_list (char *const *list, const char *member);
+extern /*@only@*/char **comma_to_list (const char *);
 
 /* log.c */
-extern void dolastlog (struct lastlog *ll,
-                       const struct passwd *pw,
-                       const char *line,
-                       const char *host);
+extern void dolastlog (
+	struct lastlog *ll,
+	const struct passwd *pw,
+	/*@unique@*/const char *line,
+	/*@unique@*/const char *host);
 
 /* login_nopam.c */
 extern int login_access (const char *user, const char *from);
@@ -161,22 +236,37 @@ extern void mailcheck (void);
 extern void motd (void);
 
 /* myname.c */
-extern struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void);
+extern /*@null@*/struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void);
+
+/* pam_pass_non_interractive.c */
+#ifdef USE_PAM
+extern int do_pam_passwd_non_interractive (const char *pam_service,
+                                           const char *username,
+                                           const char* password);
+#endif				/* USE_PAM */
 
 /* obscure.c */
+#ifndef USE_PAM
 extern int obscure (const char *, const char *, const struct passwd *);
+#endif
 
 /* pam_pass.c */
-extern void do_pam_passwd (const char *, int, int);
+#ifdef USE_PAM
+extern void do_pam_passwd (const char *user, bool silent, bool change_expired);
+#endif
 
 /* port.c */
-extern int isttytime (const char *, const char *, time_t);
+extern bool isttytime (const char *, const char *, time_t);
 
 /* pwd2spwd.c */
+#ifndef USE_PAM
 extern struct spwd *pwd_to_spwd (const struct passwd *);
+#endif
 
 /* pwdcheck.c */
+#ifndef USE_PAM
 extern void passwd_check (const char *, const char *, const char *);
+#endif
 
 /* pwd_init.c */
 extern void pwd_init (void);
@@ -184,21 +274,27 @@ extern void pwd_init (void);
 /* pwio.c */
 extern void __pw_del_entry (const struct commonio_entry *ent);
 extern struct commonio_db *__pw_get_db (void);
-extern struct commonio_entry *__pw_get_head (void);
+extern /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *__pw_get_head (void);
 
 /* pwmem.c */
-extern struct passwd *__pw_dup (const struct passwd *pwent);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *__pw_dup (const struct passwd *pwent);
+extern void pw_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *pwent);
 
 /* rlogin.c */
-extern int do_rlogin (const char *, char *, int, char *, int);
+extern int do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, size_t namelen,
+                      char *term, size_t termlen);
 
 /* salt.c */
-extern char *crypt_make_salt (const char *meth, void *arg);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg);
 
 /* setugid.c */
-extern int setup_groups (const struct passwd *);
-extern int change_uid (const struct passwd *);
-extern int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *, int);
+extern int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info);
+extern int change_uid (const struct passwd *info);
+#if (defined HAVE_INITGROUPS) && (! defined USE_PAM)
+extern int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info, bool is_console);
+#else
+extern int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info);
+#endif
 
 /* setup.c */
 extern void setup (struct passwd *);
@@ -212,21 +308,34 @@ extern struct group *sgetgrent (const char *buf);
 /* sgetpwent.c */
 extern struct passwd *sgetpwent (const char *buf);
 
+/* sgetspent.c */
+#ifndef HAVE_SGETSPENT
+extern struct spwd *sgetspent (const char *string);
+#endif
+
 /* sgroupio.c */
 extern void __sgr_del_entry (const struct commonio_entry *ent);
-extern struct sgrp *__sgr_dup (const struct sgrp *sgent);
-extern struct commonio_entry *__sgr_get_head (void);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct sgrp *__sgr_dup (const struct sgrp *sgent);
+extern void sgr_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct sgrp *sgent);
+extern /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *__sgr_get_head (void);
 extern void __sgr_set_changed (void);
 
 /* shadowio.c */
-extern struct commonio_entry *__spw_get_head (void);
+extern /*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *__spw_get_head (void);
 extern void __spw_del_entry (const struct commonio_entry *ent);
 
 /* shadowmem.c */
-extern struct spwd *__spw_dup (const struct spwd *spent);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct spwd *__spw_dup (const struct spwd *spent);
+extern void spw_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct spwd *spent);
 
 /* shell.c */
-extern int shell (const char *, const char *, char *const *);
+extern int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[]);
+
+/* system.c */
+extern int safe_system (const char *command,
+                        const char *argv[],
+                        const char *env[],
+                        int ignore_stderr);
 
 /* strtoday.c */
 extern long strtoday (const char *);
@@ -235,7 +344,10 @@ extern long strtoday (const char *);
 extern int check_su_auth (const char *actual_id, const char *wanted_id);
 
 /* sulog.c */
-extern void sulog (const char *, int, const char *, const char *);
+extern void sulog (const char *tty,
+                   bool success,
+                   const char *oldname,
+                   const char *name);
 
 /* sub.c */
 extern void subsystem (const struct passwd *);
@@ -244,34 +356,51 @@ extern void subsystem (const struct passwd *);
 extern void ttytype (const char *);
 
 /* tz.c */
+#ifndef USE_PAM
 extern char *tz (const char *);
+#endif
 
 /* ulimit.c */
-extern void set_filesize_limit (int);
+extern int set_filesize_limit (int blocks);
+
+/* user_busy.c */
+extern int user_busy (const char *name, uid_t uid);
 
 /* utmp.c */
-extern void checkutmp (int);
-extern void setutmp (const char *, const char *, const char *);
+extern /*@null@*/struct utmp *get_current_utmp (void);
+extern struct utmp *prepare_utmp (const char *name,
+                                  const char *line,
+                                  const char *host,
+                                  /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut);
+extern int setutmp (struct utmp *ut);
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+extern struct utmpx *prepare_utmpx (const char *name,
+                                    const char *line,
+                                    const char *host,
+                                    /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut);
+extern int setutmpx (struct utmpx *utx);
+#endif				/* USE_UTMPX */
 
 /* valid.c */
-extern int valid (const char *, const struct passwd *);
+extern bool valid (const char *, const struct passwd *);
 
 /* xmalloc.c */
-extern char *xmalloc (size_t);
-extern char *xstrdup (const char *);
+extern /*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@out@*//*@only@*/char *xmalloc (size_t size)
+  /*@ensures MaxSet(result) == (size - 1); @*/;
+extern /*@maynotreturn@*/ /*@only@*/char *xstrdup (const char *);
 
 /* xgetpwnam.c */
-extern struct passwd *xgetpwnam (const char *);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *xgetpwnam (const char *);
 /* xgetpwuid.c */
-extern struct passwd *xgetpwuid (uid_t);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *xgetpwuid (uid_t);
 /* xgetgrnam.c */
-extern struct group *xgetgrnam (const char *);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct group *xgetgrnam (const char *);
 /* xgetgrgid.c */
-extern struct group *xgetgrgid (gid_t);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct group *xgetgrgid (gid_t);
 /* xgetspnam.c */
-extern struct spwd *xgetspnam(const char *);
+extern /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct spwd *xgetspnam(const char *);
 
 /* yesno.c */
-extern int yes_or_no (int read_only);
+extern bool yes_or_no (bool read_only);
 
 #endif				/* _PROTOTYPES_H */

lib/pwauth.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1992 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ static const char *PROMPT = gettext_noop ("Password: ");
 static const char *PROMPT = gettext_noop ("%s's Password: ");
 #endif
 
-int wipe_clear_pass = 1;
-char *clear_pass = NULL;
+bool wipe_clear_pass = true;
+/*@null@*/char *clear_pass = NULL;
 
 /*
  * pw_auth - perform getpass/crypt authentication
@@ -65,8 +65,10 @@ char *clear_pass = NULL;
  *	compared.
  */
 
-int
-pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
+int pw_auth (const char *cipher,
+             const char *user,
+             int reason,
+             /*@null@*/const char *input)
 {
 	char prompt[1024];
 	char *clear = NULL;
@@ -74,7 +76,7 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 	int retval;
 
 #ifdef	SKEY
-	int use_skey = 0;
+	bool use_skey = false;
 	char challenge_info[40];
 	struct skey skey;
 #endif
@@ -83,15 +85,17 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 	 * There are programs for adding and deleting authentication data.
 	 */
 
-	if (reason == PW_ADD || reason == PW_DELETE)
+	if ((PW_ADD == reason) || (PW_DELETE == reason)) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * There are even programs for changing the user name ...
 	 */
 
-	if (reason == PW_CHANGE && input != (char *) 0)
+	if ((PW_CHANGE == reason) && (NULL != input)) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * WARNING:
@@ -102,8 +106,9 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 	 * revisited.
 	 */
 
-	if (reason == PW_CHANGE && getuid () == 0)
+	if ((PW_CHANGE == reason) && (getuid () == 0)) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * WARNING:
@@ -114,8 +119,9 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 	 * matter.
 	 */
 
-	if (cipher == (char *) 0 || *cipher == '\0')
+	if ((NULL == cipher) || ('\0' == *cipher)) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
 #ifdef	SKEY
 	/*
@@ -132,8 +138,9 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 #  define skeychallenge(s,u,c) skeychallenge(s,u,c,sizeof(c))
 # endif
 
-	if (skeychallenge (&skey, user, challenge_info) == 0)
-		use_skey = 1;
+	if (skeychallenge (&skey, user, challenge_info) == 0) {
+		use_skey = true;
+	}
 #endif
 
 	/*
@@ -141,17 +148,20 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 	 * get the cleartext password for us.
 	 */
 
-	if (reason != PW_FTP && reason != PW_REXEC && !input) {
-		if (!(cp = getdef_str ("LOGIN_STRING")))
+	if ((PW_FTP != reason) && (PW_REXEC != reason) && (NULL == input)) {
+		cp = getdef_str ("LOGIN_STRING");
+		if (NULL == cp) {
 			cp = _(PROMPT);
+		}
 #ifdef	SKEY
-		if (use_skey)
+		if (use_skey) {
 			printf ("[%s]\n", challenge_info);
+		}
 #endif
 
 		snprintf (prompt, sizeof prompt, cp, user);
 		clear = getpass (prompt);
-		if (!clear) {
+		if (NULL == clear) {
 			static char c[1];
 
 			c[0] = '\0';
@@ -177,9 +187,9 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 	 * ...Re-prompt, with echo on.
 	 * -- AR 8/22/1999
 	 */
-	if (retval && !input[0] && (use_skey)) {
+	if ((0 != retval) && ('\0' == input[0]) && use_skey) {
 		clear = getpass (prompt);
-		if (!clear) {
+		if (NULL == clear) {
 			static char c[1];
 
 			c[0] = '\0';
@@ -188,13 +198,15 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 		input = clear;
 	}
 
-	if (retval && use_skey) {
+	if ((0 != retval) && use_skey) {
 		int passcheck = -1;
 
-		if (skeyverify (&skey, input) == 0)
+		if (skeyverify (&skey, input) == 0) {
 			passcheck = skey.n;
-		if (passcheck > 0)
+		}
+		if (passcheck > 0) {
 			retval = 0;
+		}
 	}
 #endif
 
@@ -206,8 +218,9 @@ pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int reason, const char *input)
 	 */
 
 	clear_pass = clear;
-	if (wipe_clear_pass && clear && *clear)
+	if (wipe_clear_pass && (NULL != clear) && ('\0' != *clear)) {
 		strzero (clear);
+	}
 	return retval;
 }
 #else				/* !USE_PAM */

lib/pwauth.h

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1992 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2009       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -34,7 +35,10 @@
  */
 
 #ifndef USE_PAM
-int pw_auth (const char *cipher, const char *user, int flag, const char *input);
+int pw_auth (const char *cipher,
+             const char *user,
+             int flag,
+             /*@null@*/const char *input);
 #endif				/* !USE_PAM */
 
 /*

lib/pwio.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -42,23 +42,18 @@
 #include "commonio.h"
 #include "pwio.h"
 
-static void *passwd_dup (const void *ent)
+static /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/void *passwd_dup (const void *ent)
 {
 	const struct passwd *pw = ent;
 
 	return __pw_dup (pw);
 }
 
-static void passwd_free (void *ent)
+static void passwd_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/void *ent)
 {
 	struct passwd *pw = ent;
 
-	free (pw->pw_name);
-	free (pw->pw_passwd);
-	free (pw->pw_gecos);
-	free (pw->pw_dir);
-	free (pw->pw_shell);
-	free (pw);
+	pw_free (pw);
 }
 
 static const char *passwd_getname (const void *ent)
@@ -102,17 +97,22 @@ static struct commonio_db passwd_db = {
 	NULL,			/* head */
 	NULL,			/* tail */
 	NULL,			/* cursor */
-	0,			/* changed */
-	0,			/* isopen */
-	0,			/* locked */
-	0			/* readonly */
+	false,			/* changed */
+	false,			/* isopen */
+	false,			/* locked */
+	false			/* readonly */
 };
 
-int pw_name (const char *filename)
+int pw_setdbname (const char *filename)
 {
 	return commonio_setname (&passwd_db, filename);
 }
 
+/*@observer@*/const char *pw_dbname (void)
+{
+	return passwd_db.filename;
+}
+
 int pw_lock (void)
 {
 	return commonio_lock (&passwd_db);
@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ int pw_open (int mode)
 	return commonio_open (&passwd_db, mode);
 }
 
-const struct passwd *pw_locate (const char *name)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct passwd *pw_locate (const char *name)
 {
 	return commonio_locate (&passwd_db, name);
 }
 
-const struct passwd *pw_locate_uid (uid_t uid)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct passwd *pw_locate_uid (uid_t uid)
 {
 	const struct passwd *pwd;
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ int pw_rewind (void)
 	return commonio_rewind (&passwd_db);
 }
 
-const struct passwd *pw_next (void)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct passwd *pw_next (void)
 {
 	return commonio_next (&passwd_db);
 }
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ int pw_unlock (void)
 	return commonio_unlock (&passwd_db);
 }
 
-struct commonio_entry *__pw_get_head (void)
+/*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *__pw_get_head (void)
 {
 	return passwd_db.head;
 }

lib/pwio.h

@@ -31,17 +31,25 @@
  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 
+/* $Id$ */
+#ifndef _PWIO_H
+#define _PWIO_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <pwd.h>
+
 extern int pw_close (void);
-extern const struct passwd *pw_locate (const char *);
-extern const struct passwd *pw_locate_uid (uid_t uid);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct passwd *pw_locate (const char *name);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct passwd *pw_locate_uid (uid_t uid);
 extern int pw_lock (void);
-extern int pw_name (const char *);
-extern const struct passwd *pw_next (void);
-extern int pw_open (int);
-extern int pw_remove (const char *);
+extern int pw_setdbname (const char *filename);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *pw_dbname (void);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct passwd *pw_next (void);
+extern int pw_open (int mode);
+extern int pw_remove (const char *name);
 extern int pw_rewind (void);
 extern int pw_unlock (void);
-extern int pw_update (const struct passwd *);
+extern int pw_update (const struct passwd *pw);
 extern int pw_sort (void);
 
+#endif

lib/pwmem.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -35,29 +35,52 @@
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "defines.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
 #include "pwio.h"
 
-struct passwd *__pw_dup (const struct passwd *pwent)
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *__pw_dup (const struct passwd *pwent)
 {
 	struct passwd *pw;
 
-	if (!(pw = (struct passwd *) malloc (sizeof *pw)))
+	pw = (struct passwd *) malloc (sizeof *pw);
+	if (NULL == pw) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
 	*pw = *pwent;
-	if (!(pw->pw_name = strdup (pwent->pw_name)))
+	pw->pw_name = strdup (pwent->pw_name);
+	if (NULL == pw->pw_name) {
 		return NULL;
-	if (!(pw->pw_passwd = strdup (pwent->pw_passwd)))
+	}
+	pw->pw_passwd = strdup (pwent->pw_passwd);
+	if (NULL == pw->pw_passwd) {
 		return NULL;
-	if (!(pw->pw_gecos = strdup (pwent->pw_gecos)))
+	}
+	pw->pw_gecos = strdup (pwent->pw_gecos);
+	if (NULL == pw->pw_gecos) {
 		return NULL;
-	if (!(pw->pw_dir = strdup (pwent->pw_dir)))
+	}
+	pw->pw_dir = strdup (pwent->pw_dir);
+	if (NULL == pw->pw_dir) {
 		return NULL;
-	if (!(pw->pw_shell = strdup (pwent->pw_shell)))
+	}
+	pw->pw_shell = strdup (pwent->pw_shell);
+	if (NULL == pw->pw_shell) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
+
 	return pw;
 }
 
+void pw_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *pwent)
+{
+	free (pwent->pw_name);
+	memzero (pwent->pw_passwd, strlen (pwent->pw_passwd));
+	free (pwent->pw_passwd);
+	free (pwent->pw_gecos);
+	free (pwent->pw_dir);
+	free (pwent->pw_shell);
+	free (pwent);
+}
+

lib/sgetgrent.c

@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@
 #ident "$Id$"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "prototypes.h"
@@ -87,10 +88,12 @@ static char **list (char *s)
 		if (!s || s[0] == '\0')
 			break;
 		members[i++] = s;
-		while (*s && *s != ',')
+		while (('\0' != *s) && (',' != *s)) {
 			s++;
-		if (*s)
+		}
+		if ('\0' != *s) {
 			*s++ = '\0';
+		}
 	}
 	members[i] = (char *) 0;
 	return members;
@@ -120,22 +123,32 @@ struct group *sgetgrent (const char *buf)
 	}
 	strcpy (grpbuf, buf);
 
-	if ((cp = strrchr (grpbuf, '\n')))
+	cp = strrchr (grpbuf, '\n');
+	if (NULL != cp) {
 		*cp = '\0';
-
-	for (cp = grpbuf, i = 0; i < NFIELDS && cp; i++) {
-		grpfields[i] = cp;
-		if ((cp = strchr (cp, ':')))
-			*cp++ = 0;
 	}
-	if (i < (NFIELDS - 1) || *grpfields[2] == '\0')
-		return 0;
+
+	for (cp = grpbuf, i = 0; (i < NFIELDS) && (NULL != cp); i++) {
+		grpfields[i] = cp;
+		cp = strchr (cp, ':');
+		if (NULL != cp) {
+			*cp = '\0';
+			cp++;
+		}
+	}
+	if (i < (NFIELDS - 1) || *grpfields[2] == '\0') {
+		return (struct group *) 0;
+	}
 	grent.gr_name = grpfields[0];
 	grent.gr_passwd = grpfields[1];
-	grent.gr_gid = atoi (grpfields[2]);
+	if (get_gid (grpfields[2], &grent.gr_gid) == 0) {
+		return (struct group *) 0;
+	}
 	grent.gr_mem = list (grpfields[3]);
-	if (!grent.gr_mem)
+	if (NULL == grent.gr_mem) {
 		return (struct group *) 0;	/* out of memory */
+	}
 
 	return &grent;
 }
+

lib/sgetpwent.c

@@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ struct passwd *sgetpwent (const char *buf)
 	static char pwdbuf[1024];
 	register int i;
 	register char *cp;
-	char *ep;
 	char *fields[NFIELDS];
 
 	/*
@@ -77,15 +76,18 @@ struct passwd *sgetpwent (const char *buf)
 	 * field.  The fields are converted into NUL terminated strings.
 	 */
 
-	for (cp = pwdbuf, i = 0; i < NFIELDS && cp; i++) {
+	for (cp = pwdbuf, i = 0; (i < NFIELDS) && (NULL != cp); i++) {
 		fields[i] = cp;
-		while (*cp && *cp != ':')
-			++cp;
+		while (('\0' != *cp) && (':' != *cp)) {
+			cp++;
+		}
 
-		if (*cp)
-			*cp++ = '\0';
-		else
-			cp = 0;
+		if ('\0' != *cp) {
+			*cp = '\0';
+			cp++;
+		} else {
+			cp = NULL;
+		}
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -94,7 +96,7 @@ struct passwd *sgetpwent (const char *buf)
 	 */
 
 	if (i != NFIELDS || *fields[2] == '\0' || *fields[3] == '\0')
-		return 0;
+		return NULL;
 
 	/*
 	 * Each of the fields is converted the appropriate data type
@@ -105,13 +107,11 @@ struct passwd *sgetpwent (const char *buf)
 
 	pwent.pw_name = fields[0];
 	pwent.pw_passwd = fields[1];
-	if (fields[2][0] == '\0' ||
-	    ((pwent.pw_uid = strtol (fields[2], &ep, 10)) == 0 && *ep)) {
-		return 0;
+	if (get_uid (fields[2], &pwent.pw_uid) == 0) {
+		return NULL;
 	}
-	if (fields[3][0] == '\0' ||
-	    ((pwent.pw_gid = strtol (fields[3], &ep, 10)) == 0 && *ep)) {
-		return 0;
+	if (get_gid (fields[3], &pwent.pw_gid) == 0) {
+		return NULL;
 	}
 	pwent.pw_gecos = fields[4];
 	pwent.pw_dir = fields[5];
@@ -119,3 +119,4 @@ struct passwd *sgetpwent (const char *buf)
 
 	return &pwent;
 }
+

lib/sgetspent.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2009       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -31,6 +32,9 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 
+/* Newer versions of Linux libc already have shadow support.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_SGETSPENT
+
 #ident "$Id$"
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -56,32 +60,41 @@ struct spwd *sgetspent (const char *string)
 	 * have to do that to our private copy.
 	 */
 
-	if (strlen (string) >= sizeof spwbuf)
+	if (strlen (string) >= sizeof spwbuf) {
 		return 0;	/* fail if too long */
+	}
 	strcpy (spwbuf, string);
 
-	if ((cp = strrchr (spwbuf, '\n')))
+	cp = strrchr (spwbuf, '\n');
+	if (NULL != cp) {
 		*cp = '\0';
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Tokenize the string into colon separated fields.  Allow up to
 	 * FIELDS different fields.
 	 */
 
-	for (cp = spwbuf, i = 0; *cp && i < FIELDS; i++) {
+	for (cp = spwbuf, i = 0; ('\0' != *cp) && (i < FIELDS); i++) {
 		fields[i] = cp;
-		while (*cp && *cp != ':')
+		while (('\0' != *cp) && (':' != *cp)) {
 			cp++;
+		}
 
-		if (*cp)
-			*cp++ = '\0';
+		if ('\0' != *cp) {
+			*cp = '\0';
+			cp++;
+		}
 	}
 
-	if (i == (FIELDS - 1))
+	if (i == (FIELDS - 1)) {
 		fields[i++] = cp;
+	}
 
-	if ((cp && *cp) || (i != FIELDS && i != OFIELDS))
+	if ( ((NULL != cp) && ('\0' != *cp)) ||
+	     ((i != FIELDS) && (i != OFIELDS)) ) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Start populating the structure.  The fields are all in
@@ -97,28 +110,34 @@ struct spwd *sgetspent (const char *string)
 	 * incorrectly formatted number.
 	 */
 
-	if ((spwd.sp_lstchg = strtol (fields[2], &cpp, 10)) == 0 && *cpp) {
-		return 0;
-	} else if (fields[2][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[2][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_lstchg = -1;
+	} else if (   (getlong (fields[2], &spwd.sp_lstchg) == 0)
+	           || (spwd.sp_lstchg < 0)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the minimum period between password changes.
 	 */
 
-	if ((spwd.sp_min = strtol (fields[3], &cpp, 10)) == 0 && *cpp) {
-		return 0;
-	} else if (fields[3][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[3][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_min = -1;
+	} else if (   (getlong (fields[3], &spwd.sp_min) == 0)
+	           || (spwd.sp_min < 0)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the maximum number of days a password is valid.
 	 */
 
-	if ((spwd.sp_max = strtol (fields[4], &cpp, 10)) == 0 && *cpp) {
-		return 0;
-	} else if (fields[4][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[4][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_max = -1;
+	} else if (   (getlong (fields[4], &spwd.sp_max) == 0)
+	           || (spwd.sp_max < 0)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * If there are only OFIELDS fields (this is a SVR3.2 /etc/shadow
@@ -126,8 +145,10 @@ struct spwd *sgetspent (const char *string)
 	 */
 
 	if (i == OFIELDS) {
-		spwd.sp_warn = spwd.sp_inact = spwd.sp_expire =
-		    spwd.sp_flag = -1;
+		spwd.sp_warn   = -1;
+		spwd.sp_inact  = -1;
+		spwd.sp_expire = -1;
+		spwd.sp_flag   = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
 
 		return &spwd;
 	}
@@ -136,40 +157,52 @@ struct spwd *sgetspent (const char *string)
 	 * Get the number of days of password expiry warning.
 	 */
 
-	if ((spwd.sp_warn = strtol (fields[5], &cpp, 10)) == 0 && *cpp) {
-		return 0;
-	} else if (fields[5][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[5][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_warn = -1;
+	} else if (   (getlong (fields[5], &spwd.sp_warn) == 0)
+	           || (spwd.sp_warn < 0)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the number of days of inactivity before an account is
 	 * disabled.
 	 */
 
-	if ((spwd.sp_inact = strtol (fields[6], &cpp, 10)) == 0 && *cpp) {
-		return 0;
-	} else if (fields[6][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[6][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_inact = -1;
+	} else if (   (getlong (fields[6], &spwd.sp_inact) == 0)
+	           || (spwd.sp_inact < 0)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the number of days after the epoch before the account is
 	 * set to expire.
 	 */
 
-	if ((spwd.sp_expire = strtol (fields[7], &cpp, 10)) == 0 && *cpp) {
-		return 0;
-	} else if (fields[7][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[7][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_expire = -1;
+	} else if (   (getlong (fields[7], &spwd.sp_expire) == 0)
+	           || (spwd.sp_expire < 0)) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * This field is reserved for future use.  But it isn't supposed
 	 * to have anything other than a valid integer in it.
 	 */
 
-	if ((spwd.sp_flag = strtol (fields[8], &cpp, 10)) == 0 && *cpp) {
+	if (fields[8][0] == '\0') {
+		spwd.sp_flag = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
+	} else if (getlong (fields[8], &spwd.sp_flag) == 0) {
+		/* FIXME: add a getulong function */
 		return 0;
-	} else if (fields[8][0] == '\0')
-		spwd.sp_flag = -1;
+	}
 
 	return (&spwd);
 }
+#else
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif
+

lib/sgroupio.c

@@ -42,66 +42,113 @@
 #include "commonio.h"
 #include "sgroupio.h"
 
-struct sgrp *__sgr_dup (const struct sgrp *sgent)
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct sgrp *__sgr_dup (const struct sgrp *sgent)
 {
 	struct sgrp *sg;
 	int i;
 
-	if (!(sg = (struct sgrp *) malloc (sizeof *sg)))
+	sg = (struct sgrp *) malloc (sizeof *sg);
+	if (NULL == sg) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
 	*sg = *sgent;
-	if (!(sg->sg_name = strdup (sgent->sg_name)))
+	sg->sg_name = strdup (sgent->sg_name);
+	if (NULL == sg->sg_name) {
+		free (sg);
 		return NULL;
-	if (!(sg->sg_passwd = strdup (sgent->sg_passwd)))
+	}
+	sg->sg_passwd = strdup (sgent->sg_passwd);
+	if (NULL == sg->sg_passwd) {
+		free (sg->sg_name);
+		free (sg);
 		return NULL;
+	}
 
-	for (i = 0; sgent->sg_adm[i]; i++);
+	for (i = 0; NULL != sgent->sg_adm[i]; i++);
 	sg->sg_adm = (char **) malloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
-	if (!sg->sg_adm)
+	if (NULL == sg->sg_adm) {
+		free (sg->sg_passwd);
+		free (sg->sg_name);
+		free (sg);
 		return NULL;
-	for (i = 0; sgent->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
+	}
+	for (i = 0; NULL != sgent->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
 		sg->sg_adm[i] = strdup (sgent->sg_adm[i]);
-		if (!sg->sg_adm[i])
+		if (NULL == sg->sg_adm[i]) {
+			for (i = 0; NULL != sg->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
+				free (sg->sg_adm[i]);
+			}
+			free (sg->sg_adm);
+			free (sg->sg_passwd);
+			free (sg->sg_name);
+			free (sg);
 			return NULL;
+		}
 	}
 	sg->sg_adm[i] = NULL;
 
-	for (i = 0; sgent->sg_mem[i]; i++);
+	for (i = 0; NULL != sgent->sg_mem[i]; i++);
 	sg->sg_mem = (char **) malloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
-	if (!sg->sg_mem)
+	if (NULL == sg->sg_mem) {
+		for (i = 0; NULL != sg->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
+			free (sg->sg_adm[i]);
+		}
+		free (sg->sg_adm);
+		free (sg->sg_passwd);
+		free (sg->sg_name);
+		free (sg);
 		return NULL;
-	for (i = 0; sgent->sg_mem[i]; i++) {
+	}
+	for (i = 0; NULL != sgent->sg_mem[i]; i++) {
 		sg->sg_mem[i] = strdup (sgent->sg_mem[i]);
-		if (!sg->sg_mem[i])
+		if (NULL == sg->sg_mem[i]) {
+			for (i = 0; NULL != sg->sg_mem[i]; i++) {
+				free (sg->sg_mem[i]);
+			}
+			free (sg->sg_mem);
+			for (i = 0; NULL != sg->sg_adm[i]; i++) {
+				free (sg->sg_adm[i]);
+			}
+			free (sg->sg_adm);
+			free (sg->sg_passwd);
+			free (sg->sg_name);
+			free (sg);
 			return NULL;
+		}
 	}
 	sg->sg_mem[i] = NULL;
 
 	return sg;
 }
 
-static void *gshadow_dup (const void *ent)
+static /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/void *gshadow_dup (const void *ent)
 {
 	const struct sgrp *sg = ent;
 
 	return __sgr_dup (sg);
 }
 
-static void gshadow_free (void *ent)
+static void gshadow_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/void *ent)
 {
 	struct sgrp *sg = ent;
 
-	free (sg->sg_name);
-	free (sg->sg_passwd);
-	while (*(sg->sg_adm)) {
-		free (*(sg->sg_adm));
-		sg->sg_adm++;
+	sgr_free (sg);
+}
+
+void sgr_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct sgrp *sgent)
+{
+	free (sgent->sg_name);
+	memzero (sgent->sg_passwd, strlen (sgent->sg_passwd));
+	free (sgent->sg_passwd);
+	while (NULL != *(sgent->sg_adm)) {
+		free (*(sgent->sg_adm));
+		sgent->sg_adm++;
 	}
-	while (*(sg->sg_mem)) {
-		free (*(sg->sg_mem));
-		sg->sg_mem++;
+	while (NULL != *(sgent->sg_mem)) {
+		free (*(sgent->sg_mem));
+		sgent->sg_mem++;
 	}
-	free (sg);
+	free (sgent);
 }
 
 static const char *gshadow_getname (const void *ent)
@@ -145,18 +192,23 @@ static struct commonio_db gshadow_db = {
 	NULL,			/* head */
 	NULL,			/* tail */
 	NULL,			/* cursor */
-	0,			/* changed */
-	0,			/* isopen */
-	0,			/* locked */
-	0			/* readonly */
+	false,			/* changed */
+	false,			/* isopen */
+	false,			/* locked */
+	false			/* readonly */
 };
 
-int sgr_name (const char *filename)
+int sgr_setdbname (const char *filename)
 {
 	return commonio_setname (&gshadow_db, filename);
 }
 
-int sgr_file_present (void)
+/*@observer@*/const char *sgr_dbname (void)
+{
+	return gshadow_db.filename;
+}
+
+bool sgr_file_present (void)
 {
 	return commonio_present (&gshadow_db);
 }
@@ -171,7 +223,7 @@ int sgr_open (int mode)
 	return commonio_open (&gshadow_db, mode);
 }
 
-const struct sgrp *sgr_locate (const char *name)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct sgrp *sgr_locate (const char *name)
 {
 	return commonio_locate (&gshadow_db, name);
 }
@@ -191,7 +243,7 @@ int sgr_rewind (void)
 	return commonio_rewind (&gshadow_db);
 }
 
-const struct sgrp *sgr_next (void)
+/*@null@*/const struct sgrp *sgr_next (void)
 {
 	return commonio_next (&gshadow_db);
 }
@@ -208,10 +260,10 @@ int sgr_unlock (void)
 
 void __sgr_set_changed (void)
 {
-	gshadow_db.changed = 1;
+	gshadow_db.changed = true;
 }
 
-struct commonio_entry *__sgr_get_head (void)
+/*@dependent@*/ /*@null@*/struct commonio_entry *__sgr_get_head (void)
 {
 	return gshadow_db.head;
 }

lib/sgroupio.h

@@ -31,16 +31,22 @@
  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 
+/* $Id$ */
+#ifndef _SGROUPIO_H
+#define _SGROUPIO_H
+
 extern int sgr_close (void);
-extern int sgr_file_present (void);
-extern const struct sgrp *sgr_locate (const char *);
+extern bool sgr_file_present (void);
+extern /*@null@*/const struct sgrp *sgr_locate (const char *name);
 extern int sgr_lock (void);
-extern int sgr_name (const char *);
-extern const struct sgrp *sgr_next (void);
-extern int sgr_open (int);
-extern int sgr_remove (const char *);
+extern int sgr_setdbname (const char *filename);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *sgr_dbname (void);
+extern /*@null@*/const struct sgrp *sgr_next (void);
+extern int sgr_open (int mode);
+extern int sgr_remove (const char *name);
 extern int sgr_rewind (void);
 extern int sgr_unlock (void);
-extern int sgr_update (const struct sgrp *);
+extern int sgr_update (const struct sgrp *sg);
 extern int sgr_sort (void);
 
+#endif

lib/shadow.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2009       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ static int nis_vallen;
 #endif
 
 static FILE *shadow;
-static char spwbuf[BUFSIZ];
-static struct spwd spwd;
 
 #define	FIELDS	9
 #define	OFIELDS	5
@@ -72,8 +70,9 @@ void __setspNIS (int flag)
 {
 	nis_ignore = !flag;
 
-	if (nis_ignore)
+	if (nis_ignore) {
 		nis_used = 0;
+	}
 }
 
 /*
@@ -124,6 +123,8 @@ void endspent (void)
 
 static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 {
+	static char spwbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	static struct spwd spwd;
 	char *fields[FIELDS];
 	char *cp;
 	char *cpp;
@@ -182,52 +183,58 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 	 * incorrectly formatted number, unless we are using NIS.
 	 */
 
-	spwd.sp_lstchg = strtol (fields[2], &cpp, 10);
-	if ((spwd.sp_lstchg == 0) && *cpp) {
-#ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (!nis_used)
-			return 0;
-		else
-			spwd.sp_lstchg = -1;
-#else
-		return 0;
-#endif
-	} else if (fields[2][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[2][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_lstchg = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (getlong (fields[2], &spwd.sp_lstchg) == 0) {
+#ifdef	USE_NIS
+			if (nis_used) {
+				spwd.sp_lstchg = -1;
+			} else
+#endif
+				return 0;
+		} else if (spwd.sp_lstchg < 0) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the minimum period between password changes.
 	 */
 
-	spwd.sp_min = strtol (fields[3], &cpp, 10);
-	if ((spwd.sp_min == 0) && *cpp) {
-#ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (!nis_used)
-			return 0;
-		else
-			spwd.sp_min = -1;
-#else
-		return 0;
-#endif
-	} else if (fields[3][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[3][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_min = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (getlong (fields[3], &spwd.sp_min) == 0) {
+#ifdef	USE_NIS
+			if (nis_used) {
+				spwd.sp_min = -1;
+			} else
+#endif
+				return 0;
+		} else if (spwd.sp_min < 0) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the maximum number of days a password is valid.
 	 */
 
-	spwd.sp_max = strtol (fields[4], &cpp, 10);
-	if ((spwd.sp_max == 0) && *cpp) {
-#ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (!nis_used)
-			return 0;
-		else
-			spwd.sp_max = -1;
-#else
-		return 0;
-#endif
-	} else if (fields[4][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[4][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_max = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (getlong (fields[4], &spwd.sp_max) == 0) {
+#ifdef	USE_NIS
+			if (nis_used) {
+				spwd.sp_max = -1;
+			} else
+#endif
+				return 0;
+		} else if (spwd.sp_max < 0) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * If there are only OFIELDS fields (this is a SVR3.2 /etc/shadow
@@ -235,8 +242,10 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 	 */
 
 	if (i == OFIELDS) {
-		spwd.sp_warn = spwd.sp_inact = spwd.sp_expire =
-		    spwd.sp_flag = -1;
+		spwd.sp_warn   = -1;
+		spwd.sp_inact  = -1;
+		spwd.sp_expire = -1;
+		spwd.sp_flag   = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
 
 		return &spwd;
 	}
@@ -245,72 +254,81 @@ static struct spwd *my_sgetspent (const char *string)
 	 * Get the number of days of password expiry warning.
 	 */
 
-	spwd.sp_warn = strtol (fields[5], &cpp, 10);
-	if ((spwd.sp_warn == 0) && *cpp) {
-#ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (!nis_used)
-			return 0;
-		else
-			spwd.sp_warn = -1;
-#else
-		return 0;
-#endif
-	} else if (fields[5][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[5][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_warn = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (getlong (fields[5], &spwd.sp_warn) == 0) {
+#ifdef	USE_NIS
+			if (nis_used) {
+				spwd.sp_warn = -1;
+			} else
+#endif
+				return 0;
+		} else if (spwd.sp_warn < 0) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the number of days of inactivity before an account is
 	 * disabled.
 	 */
 
-	spwd.sp_inact = strtol (fields[6], &cpp, 10);
-	if ((spwd.sp_inact == 0) && *cpp) {
-#ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (!nis_used)
-			return 0;
-		else
-			spwd.sp_inact = -1;
-#else
-		return 0;
-#endif
-	} else if (fields[6][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[6][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_inact = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (getlong (fields[6], &spwd.sp_inact) == 0) {
+#ifdef	USE_NIS
+			if (nis_used) {
+				spwd.sp_inact = -1;
+			} else
+#endif
+				return 0;
+		} else if (spwd.sp_inact < 0) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the number of days after the epoch before the account is
 	 * set to expire.
 	 */
 
-	spwd.sp_expire = strtol (fields[7], &cpp, 10);
-	if ((spwd.sp_expire == 0) && *cpp) {
-#ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (!nis_used)
-			return 0;
-		else
-			spwd.sp_expire = -1;
-#else
-		return 0;
-#endif
-	} else if (fields[7][0] == '\0')
+	if (fields[7][0] == '\0') {
 		spwd.sp_expire = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (getlong (fields[7], &spwd.sp_expire) == 0) {
+#ifdef	USE_NIS
+			if (nis_used) {
+				spwd.sp_expire = -1;
+			} else
+#endif
+				return 0;
+		} else if (spwd.sp_expire < 0) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * This field is reserved for future use.  But it isn't supposed
 	 * to have anything other than a valid integer in it.
 	 */
 
-	spwd.sp_flag = strtol (fields[8], &cpp, 10);
-	if ((spwd.sp_flag == 0) && *cpp) {
+	if (fields[8][0] == '\0') {
+		spwd.sp_flag = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
+	} else {
+		if (getlong (fields[8], &spwd.sp_flag) == 0) {
+			/* FIXME: add a getulong function */
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (!nis_used)
-			return 0;
-		else
-			spwd.sp_flag = -1;
-#else
-		return 0;
+			if (nis_used) {
+				spwd.sp_flag = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
+			} else
 #endif
-	} else if (fields[8][0] == '\0')
-		spwd.sp_flag = -1;
+				return 0;
+		} else if (spwd.sp_flag < 0) {
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
 
 	return (&spwd);
 }
@@ -324,21 +342,24 @@ struct spwd *fgetspent (FILE * fp)
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
 	char *cp;
 
-	if (!fp)
+	if (NULL == fp) {
 		return (0);
+	}
 
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-	while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) != (char *) 0)
+	while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) != (char *) 0)
 #else
-	if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) != (char *) 0)
+	if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) != (char *) 0)
 #endif
 	{
 		cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
-		if (NULL != cp)
+		if (NULL != cp) {
 			*cp = '\0';
+		}
 #ifdef	USE_NIS
-		if (nis_ignore && IS_NISCHAR (buf[0]))
+		if (nis_ignore && IS_NISCHAR (buf[0])) {
 			continue;
+		}
 #endif
 		return my_sgetspent (buf);
 	}
@@ -513,3 +534,4 @@ struct spwd *getspnam (const char *name)
 #else
 extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
 #endif
+

lib/shadowio.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
  * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -42,20 +42,18 @@
 #include "commonio.h"
 #include "shadowio.h"
 
-static void *shadow_dup (const void *ent)
+static /*@null@*/ /*@only@*/void *shadow_dup (const void *ent)
 {
 	const struct spwd *sp = ent;
 
 	return __spw_dup (sp);
 }
 
-static void shadow_free (void *ent)
+static void shadow_free (/*@out@*//*@only@*/void *ent)
 {
 	struct spwd *sp = ent;
 
-	free (sp->sp_namp);
-	free (sp->sp_pwdp);
-	free (sp);
+	spw_free (sp);
 }
 
 static const char *shadow_getname (const void *ent)
@@ -99,18 +97,23 @@ static struct commonio_db shadow_db = {
 	NULL,			/* head */
 	NULL,			/* tail */
 	NULL,			/* cursor */
-	0,			/* changed */
-	0,			/* isopen */
-	0,			/* locked */
-	0			/* readonly */
+	false,			/* changed */
+	false,			/* isopen */
+	false,			/* locked */
+	false			/* readonly */
 };
 
-int spw_name (const char *filename)
+int spw_setdbname (const char *filename)
 {
 	return commonio_setname (&shadow_db, filename);
 }
 
-int spw_file_present (void)
+/*@observer@*/const char *spw_dbname (void)
+{
+	return shadow_db.filename;
+}
+
+bool spw_file_present (void)
 {
 	return commonio_present (&shadow_db);
 }
@@ -125,7 +128,7 @@ int spw_open (int mode)
 	return commonio_open (&shadow_db, mode);
 }
 
-const struct spwd *spw_locate (const char *name)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct spwd *spw_locate (const char *name)
 {
 	return commonio_locate (&shadow_db, name);
 }
@@ -145,7 +148,7 @@ int spw_rewind (void)
 	return commonio_rewind (&shadow_db);
 }
 
-const struct spwd *spw_next (void)
+/*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct spwd *spw_next (void)
 {
 	return commonio_next (&shadow_db);
 }

lib/shadowio.h

@@ -30,16 +30,24 @@
  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 
+/* $Id$ */
+#ifndef _SHADOWIO_H
+#define _SHADOWIO_H
+
+#include "defines.h"
+
 extern int spw_close (void);
-extern int spw_file_present (void);
-extern const struct spwd *spw_locate (const char *);
+extern bool spw_file_present (void);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct spwd *spw_locate (const char *name);
 extern int spw_lock (void);
-extern int spw_name (const char *);
-extern const struct spwd *spw_next (void);
-extern int spw_open (int);
-extern int spw_remove (const char *);
+extern int spw_setdbname (const char *filename);
+extern /*@observer@*/const char *spw_dbname (void);
+extern /*@observer@*/ /*@null@*/const struct spwd *spw_next (void);
+extern int spw_open (int mode);
+extern int spw_remove (const char *name);
 extern int spw_rewind (void);
 extern int spw_unlock (void);
-extern int spw_update (const struct spwd *);
+extern int spw_update (const struct spwd *sp);
 extern int spw_sort (void);
 
+#endif

lib/shadowmem.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001       , Michał Moskal
  * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -41,17 +41,32 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "shadowio.h"
 
-struct spwd *__spw_dup (const struct spwd *spent)
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct spwd *__spw_dup (const struct spwd *spent)
 {
 	struct spwd *sp;
 
-	if (!(sp = (struct spwd *) malloc (sizeof *sp)))
+	sp = (struct spwd *) malloc (sizeof *sp);
+	if (NULL == sp) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
 	*sp = *spent;
-	if (!(sp->sp_namp = strdup (spent->sp_namp)))
+	sp->sp_namp = strdup (spent->sp_namp);
+	if (NULL == sp->sp_namp) {
 		return NULL;
-	if (!(sp->sp_pwdp = strdup (spent->sp_pwdp)))
+	}
+	sp->sp_pwdp = strdup (spent->sp_pwdp);
+	if (NULL == sp->sp_pwdp) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
+
 	return sp;
 }
 
+void spw_free (/*@out@*/ /*@only@*/struct spwd *spent)
+{
+	free (spent->sp_namp);
+	memzero (spent->sp_pwdp, strlen (spent->sp_pwdp));
+	free (spent->sp_pwdp);
+	free (spent);
+}
+

libmisc/Makefile.am

@@ -14,6 +14,9 @@ libmisc_a_SOURCES = \
 	chkname.h \
 	chowndir.c \
 	chowntty.c \
+	cleanup.c \
+	cleanup_group.c \
+	cleanup_user.c \
 	console.c \
 	copydir.c \
 	entry.c \
@@ -21,10 +24,12 @@ libmisc_a_SOURCES = \
 	failure.c \
 	failure.h \
 	fields.c \
-	find_new_ids.c \
+	find_new_gid.c \
+	find_new_uid.c \
 	getdate.h \
 	getdate.y \
-	getlong.c \
+	getgr_nam_gid.c \
+	getrange.c \
 	hushed.c \
 	isexpired.c \
 	limits.c \
@@ -35,6 +40,7 @@ libmisc_a_SOURCES = \
 	myname.c \
 	obscure.c \
 	pam_pass.c \
+	pam_pass_non_interractive.c \
 	pwd2spwd.c \
 	pwdcheck.c \
 	pwd_init.c \
@@ -43,12 +49,14 @@ libmisc_a_SOURCES = \
 	setugid.c \
 	setupenv.c \
 	shell.c \
+	system.c \
 	strtoday.c \
 	sub.c \
 	sulog.c \
 	ttytype.c \
 	tz.c \
 	ulimit.c \
+	user_busy.c \
 	utmp.c \
 	valid.c \
 	xgetpwnam.c \

libmisc/addgrps.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SETGROUPS
+#if defined (HAVE_SETGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
 
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
@@ -52,7 +52,9 @@
 int add_groups (const char *list)
 {
 	GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, *tmp;
-	int i, ngroups, added;
+	size_t i;
+	int ngroups;
+	bool added;
 	char *token;
 	char buf[1024];
 
@@ -65,11 +67,13 @@ int add_groups (const char *list)
 	i = 16;
 	for (;;) {
 		grouplist = (gid_t *) malloc (i * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
-		if (!grouplist)
+		if (NULL == grouplist) {
 			return -1;
+		}
 		ngroups = getgroups (i, grouplist);
-		if (i > ngroups)
+		if ((-1 == ngroups) || (i > (size_t)ngroups)) {
 			break;
+		}
 		/* not enough room, so try allocating a larger buffer */
 		free (grouplist);
 		i *= 2;
@@ -79,40 +83,45 @@ int add_groups (const char *list)
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	added = 0;
-	for (token = strtok (buf, SEP); token; token = strtok (NULL, SEP)) {
+	added = false;
+	for (token = strtok (buf, SEP); NULL != token; token = strtok (NULL, SEP)) {
 		struct group *grp;
 
 		grp = getgrnam (token); /* local, no need for xgetgrnam */
-		if (!grp) {
+		if (NULL == grp) {
 			fprintf (stderr, _("Warning: unknown group %s\n"),
 				 token);
 			continue;
 		}
 
-		for (i = 0; i < ngroups && grouplist[i] != grp->gr_gid; i++);
+		for (i = 0; i < (size_t)ngroups && grouplist[i] != grp->gr_gid; i++);
 
-		if (i < ngroups)
+		if (i < (size_t)ngroups) {
 			continue;
+		}
 
 		if (ngroups >= sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)) {
 			fputs (_("Warning: too many groups\n"), stderr);
 			break;
 		}
-		tmp = (gid_t *) realloc (grouplist, (ngroups + 1) * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
-		if (!tmp) {
+		tmp = (gid_t *) realloc (grouplist, (size_t)(ngroups + 1) * sizeof (GETGROUPS_T));
+		if (NULL == tmp) {
 			free (grouplist);
 			return -1;
 		}
-		tmp[ngroups++] = grp->gr_gid;
+		tmp[ngroups] = grp->gr_gid;
+		ngroups++;
 		grouplist = tmp;
-		added++;
+		added = true;
 	}
 
-	if (added)
-		return setgroups (ngroups, grouplist);
+	if (added) {
+		return setgroups ((size_t)ngroups, grouplist);
+	}
 
 	return 0;
 }
-#endif
+#else				/* HAVE_SETGROUPS && !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* HAVE_SETGROUPS && !USE_PAM */
 

libmisc/age.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -53,31 +53,33 @@
  *	expire() calls /bin/passwd to change the user's password
  *	if it has expired.
  */
-int expire (const struct passwd *pw, const struct spwd *sp)
+int expire (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
 {
 	int status;
-	int child;
-	int pid;
+	pid_t child;
+	pid_t pid;
 
-	if (!sp)
-		sp = pwd_to_spwd (pw);
+	if (NULL == sp) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * See if the user's password has expired, and if so
 	 * force them to change their password.
 	 */
 
-	switch (status = isexpired (pw, sp)) {
+	status = isexpired (pw, sp);
+	switch (status) {
 	case 0:
 		return 0;
 	case 1:
-		fputs (_("Your password has expired."), stdout);
+		(void) fputs (_("Your password has expired."), stdout);
 		break;
 	case 2:
-		fputs (_("Your password is inactive."), stdout);
+		(void) fputs (_("Your password is inactive."), stdout);
 		break;
 	case 3:
-		fputs (_("Your login has expired."), stdout);
+		(void) fputs (_("Your login has expired."), stdout);
 		break;
 	}
 
@@ -88,12 +90,12 @@ int expire (const struct passwd *pw, const struct spwd *sp)
 	 * change that password.
 	 */
 
-	if (status > 1 || sp->sp_max < sp->sp_min) {
-		puts (_("  Contact the system administrator."));
-		exit (1);
+	if ((status > 1) || (sp->sp_max < sp->sp_min)) {
+		(void) puts (_("  Contact the system administrator."));
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
-	puts (_("  Choose a new password."));
-	fflush (stdout);
+	(void) puts (_("  Choose a new password."));
+	(void) fflush (stdout);
 
 	/*
 	 * Close all the files so that unauthorized access won't
@@ -115,7 +117,8 @@ int expire (const struct passwd *pw, const struct spwd *sp)
 	 * change their password before being able to use the account.
 	 */
 
-	if ((pid = fork ()) == 0) {
+	pid = fork ();
+	if (0 == pid) {
 		int err;
 
 		/*
@@ -123,24 +126,32 @@ int expire (const struct passwd *pw, const struct spwd *sp)
 		 * passwd to work just like it would had they executed
 		 * it from the command line while logged in.
 		 */
-		if (setup_uid_gid (pw, 0))
+#if defined(HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined(USE_PAM)
+		if (setup_uid_gid (pw, false) != 0)
+#else
+		if (setup_uid_gid (pw) != 0)
+#endif
+		{
 			_exit (126);
+		}
 
-		execl (PASSWD_PROGRAM, PASSWD_PROGRAM, pw->pw_name, (char *) 0);
+		(void) execl (PASSWD_PROGRAM, PASSWD_PROGRAM, pw->pw_name, (char *) 0);
 		err = errno;
 		perror ("Can't execute " PASSWD_PROGRAM);
-		_exit (err == ENOENT ? E_CMD_NOTFOUND : E_CMD_NOEXEC);
-	} else if (pid == -1) {
+		_exit ((ENOENT == err) ? E_CMD_NOTFOUND : E_CMD_NOEXEC);
+	} else if ((pid_t) -1 == pid) {
 		perror ("fork");
-		exit (1);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
-	while ((child = wait (&status)) != pid && child != -1);
 
-	if (child == pid && status == 0)
+	while (((child = wait (&status)) != pid) && (child != (pid_t)-1));
+
+	if ((child == pid) && (0 == status)) {
 		return 1;
+	}
 
-	exit (1);
- /*NOTREACHED*/}
+	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ /*@notreached@*/}
 
 /*
  * agecheck - see if warning is needed for password expiration
@@ -149,30 +160,42 @@ int expire (const struct passwd *pw, const struct spwd *sp)
  *	to expire and warns the user of the pending password expiration.
  */
 
-void agecheck (const struct passwd *pw, const struct spwd *sp)
+void agecheck (/*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
 {
-	long now = time ((long *) 0) / SCALE;
+	long now = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
 	long remain;
 
-	if (!sp)
-		sp = pwd_to_spwd (pw);
+	if (NULL == sp) {
+		return;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * The last, max, and warn fields must be supported or the
 	 * warning period cannot be calculated.
 	 */
 
-	if (sp->sp_lstchg == -1 || sp->sp_max == -1 || sp->sp_warn == -1)
+	if (   (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
+	    || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
+	    || (-1 == sp->sp_warn)) {
 		return;
-	if ((remain = (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max) - now) <= sp->sp_warn) {
+	}
+
+	if (0 == sp->sp_lstchg) {
+		(void) puts (_("You must change your password."));
+		return;
+	}
+
+	remain = sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max - now;
+	if (remain <= sp->sp_warn) {
 		remain /= DAY / SCALE;
-		if (remain > 1)
-			printf (_
-				("Your password will expire in %ld days.\n"),
-				remain);
-		else if (remain == 1)
-			puts (_("Your password will expire tomorrow."));
-		else if (remain == 0)
-			puts (_("Your password will expire today."));
+		if (remain > 1) {
+			(void) printf (_("Your password will expire in %ld days.\n"),
+			               remain);
+		} else if (1 == remain) {
+			(void) puts (_("Your password will expire tomorrow."));
+		} else if (remain == 0) {
+			(void) puts (_("Your password will expire today."));
+		}
 	}
 }
+

libmisc/audit_help.c

@@ -53,11 +53,14 @@ void audit_help_open (void)
 	if (audit_fd < 0) {
 		/* You get these only when the kernel doesn't have
 		 * audit compiled in. */
-		if (errno == EINVAL || errno == EPROTONOSUPPORT ||
-		    errno == EAFNOSUPPORT)
+		if (   (errno == EINVAL)
+		    || (errno == EPROTONOSUPPORT)
+		    || (errno == EAFNOSUPPORT)) {
 			return;
-		fprintf (stderr, "Cannot open audit interface - aborting.\n");
-		exit (1);
+		}
+		(void) fputs (_("Cannot open audit interface - aborting.\n"),
+		              stderr);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 }
 
@@ -72,16 +75,32 @@ void audit_help_open (void)
  * name - user's account or group name. If not available use NULL.
  * id  -  uid or gid that the operation is being performed on. This is used
  *	  only when user is NULL.
- * result - 1 is "success" and 0 is "failed"
  */
 void audit_logger (int type, const char *pgname, const char *op,
-		   const char *name, unsigned int id, int result)
+                   const char *name, unsigned int id,
+                   shadow_audit_result result)
 {
-	if (audit_fd < 0)
+	if (audit_fd < 0) {
 		return;
-	else
+	} else {
 		audit_log_acct_message (audit_fd, type, NULL, op, name, id,
-					NULL, NULL, NULL, result);
+					NULL, NULL, NULL, (int) result);
+	}
+}
+
+void audit_logger_message (const char *message, shadow_audit_result result)
+{
+	if (audit_fd < 0) {
+		return;
+	} else {
+		audit_log_user_message (audit_fd,
+		                        AUDIT_USYS_CONFIG,
+		                        message,
+		                        NULL, /* hostname */
+		                        NULL, /* addr */
+		                        NULL, /* tty */
+		                        (int) result);
+	}
 }
 
 #else				/* WITH_AUDIT */

libmisc/chkname.c

@@ -31,8 +31,11 @@
  */
 
 /*
- * check_user_name(), check_group_name() - check the new user/group
- * name for validity; return value: 1 - OK, 0 - bad name
+ * is_valid_user_name(), is_valid_group_name() - check the new user/group
+ * name for validity;
+ * return values:
+ *   true  - OK
+ *   false - bad name
  */
 
 #include <config.h>
@@ -42,57 +45,55 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "chkname.h"
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-#include <utmpx.h>
-#else
-#include <utmp.h>
-#endif
-static int good_name (const char *name)
+
+static bool is_valid_name (const char *name)
 {
 	/*
 	 * User/group names must match [a-z_][a-z0-9_-]*[$]
 	 */
-	if (!*name || !((*name >= 'a' && *name <= 'z') || *name == '_'))
-		return 0;
-
-	while (*++name) {
-		if (!((*name >= 'a' && *name <= 'z') ||
-		      (*name >= '0' && *name <= '9') ||
-		      *name == '_' || *name == '-' ||
-		      (*name == '$' && *(name + 1) == '\0')))
-			return 0;
+	if (('\0' == *name) ||
+	    !((('a' <= *name) && ('z' >= *name)) || ('_' == *name))) {
+		return false;
 	}
 
-	return 1;
+	while ('\0' != *++name) {
+		if (!(( ('a' <= *name) && ('z' >= *name) ) ||
+		      ( ('0' <= *name) && ('9' >= *name) ) ||
+		      ('_' == *name) ||
+		      ('-' == *name) ||
+		      ( ('$' == *name) && ('\0' == *(name + 1)) )
+		     )) {
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
 }
 
-int check_user_name (const char *name)
+bool is_valid_user_name (const char *name)
 {
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-	struct utmpx ut;
-#else
-	struct utmp ut;
-#endif
-
 	/*
 	 * User names are limited by whatever utmp can
-	 * handle (usually max 8 characters).
+	 * handle.
 	 */
-	if (strlen (name) > sizeof (ut.ut_user))
-		return 0;
+	if (strlen (name) > USER_NAME_MAX_LENGTH) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
-	return good_name (name);
+	return is_valid_name (name);
 }
 
-int check_group_name (const char *name)
+bool is_valid_group_name (const char *name)
 {
 	/*
-	 * Arbitrary limit for group names - max 16
-	 * characters (same as on HP-UX 10).
+	 * Arbitrary limit for group names.
+	 * HP-UX 10 limits to 16 characters
 	 */
-	if (strlen (name) > 16)
-		return 0;
+	if (   (GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH > 0)
+	    && (strlen (name) > GROUP_NAME_MAX_LENGTH)) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
-	return good_name (name);
+	return is_valid_name (name);
 }
 

libmisc/chkname.h

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -34,13 +35,16 @@
 #define _CHKNAME_H_
 
 /*
- * check_user_name(), check_group_name() - check the new user/group
- * name for validity; return value: 1 - OK, 0 - bad name
+ * is_valid_user_name(), is_valid_group_name() - check the new user/group
+ * name for validity;
+ * return values:
+ *   true  - OK
+ *   false - bad name
  */
 
 #include "defines.h"
 
-extern int check_user_name (const char *);
-extern int check_group_name (const char *name);
+extern bool is_valid_user_name (const char *name);
+extern bool is_valid_group_name (const char *name);
 
 #endif

libmisc/chowndir.c

@@ -104,9 +104,11 @@ chown_tree (const char *root, uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid, gid_t old_gid,
 			 * Do the entire subdirectory.
 			 */
 
-			if ((rc = chown_tree (new_name, old_uid, new_uid,
-					      old_gid, new_gid)))
+			rc = chown_tree (new_name, old_uid, new_uid,
+			                 old_gid, new_gid);
+			if (0 != rc) {
 				break;
+			}
 		}
 #ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
 		/* don't use chown (follows symbolic links!) */
@@ -117,16 +119,18 @@ chown_tree (const char *root, uid_t old_uid, uid_t new_uid, gid_t old_gid,
 			LCHOWN (new_name, new_uid,
 				sb.st_gid == old_gid ? new_gid : sb.st_gid);
 	}
-	closedir (dir);
+	(void) closedir (dir);
 
 	/*
 	 * Now do the root of the tree
 	 */
 
-	if (!stat (root, &sb)) {
-		if (sb.st_uid == old_uid)
+	if (stat (root, &sb) == 0) {
+		if (sb.st_uid == old_uid) {
 			LCHOWN (root, new_uid,
-				sb.st_gid == old_gid ? new_gid : sb.st_gid);
+			        sb.st_gid == old_gid ? new_gid : sb.st_gid);
+		}
 	}
 	return rc;
 }
+

libmisc/chowntty.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2001, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -43,31 +43,14 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include "getdef.h"
-/*
- * is_my_tty -- determine if "tty" is the same as TTY stdin is using
- */
-static int is_my_tty (const char *tty)
-{
-	struct stat by_name, by_fd;
-
-	if (stat (tty, &by_name) || fstat (0, &by_fd))
-		return 0;
-
-	if (by_name.st_rdev != by_fd.st_rdev)
-		return 0;
-	else
-		return 1;
-}
 
 /*
  *	chown_tty() sets the login tty to be owned by the new user ID
  *	with TTYPERM modes
  */
 
-void chown_tty (const char *tty, const struct passwd *info)
+void chown_tty (const struct passwd *info)
 {
-	char buf[200], full_tty[200];
-	char *group;		/* TTY group name or number */
 	struct group *grent;
 	gid_t gid;
 
@@ -76,45 +59,32 @@ void chown_tty (const char *tty, const struct passwd *info)
 	 * ID.  Otherwise, use the user's primary group ID.
 	 */
 
-	if (!(group = getdef_str ("TTYGROUP")))
-		gid = info->pw_gid;
-	else if (group[0] >= '0' && group[0] <= '9')
-		gid = atoi (group);
-	else if ((grent = getgrnam (group))) /* local, no need for xgetgrnam */
+	grent = getgr_nam_gid (getdef_str ("TTYGROUP"));
+	if (NULL != grent) {
 		gid = grent->gr_gid;
-	else
+	} else {
 		gid = info->pw_gid;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Change the permissions on the TTY to be owned by the user with
 	 * the group as determined above.
 	 */
 
-	if (*tty != '/') {
-		snprintf (full_tty, sizeof full_tty, "/dev/%s", tty);
-		tty = full_tty;
-	}
-
-	if (!is_my_tty (tty)) {
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-			 "unable to determine TTY name, got %s\n", tty));
-		closelog ();
-		exit (1);
-	}
-
-	if (chown (tty, info->pw_uid, gid) ||
-	    chmod (tty, getdef_num ("TTYPERM", 0600))) {
+	if (   (fchown (STDIN_FILENO, info->pw_uid, gid) != 0)
+	    || (fchmod (STDIN_FILENO, getdef_num ("TTYPERM", 0600)) != 0)) {
 		int err = errno;
 
-		snprintf (buf, sizeof buf, _("Unable to change tty %s"), tty);
-		perror (buf);
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("Unable to change owner or mode of tty stdin: %s"),
+		         strerror (err));
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
-			 "unable to change tty `%s' for user `%s'\n", tty,
-			 info->pw_name));
-		closelog ();
-
-		if (err != EROFS)
-			exit (1);
+		         "unable to change owner or mode of tty stdin for user `%s': %s\n",
+		         info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
+		if (EROFS != err) {
+			closelog ();
+			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
 	}
 #ifdef __linux__
 	/*

libmisc/cleanup.c

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * The cleanup_functions stack.
+ */
+#define CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS 10
+static cleanup_function cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
+static void * cleanup_function_args[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS];
+
+/*
+ * - Cleanup functions shall not fail.
+ * - You should register do_cleanups with atexit.
+ * - You should add cleanup functions to the stack with add_cleanup when
+ *   an operation is expected to be executed later, and remove it from the
+ *   stack with del_cleanup when it has been executed.
+ *
+ **/
+
+/*
+ * do_cleanups - perform the actions stored in the cleanup_functions stack.
+ *
+ * It is intended to be used as:
+ *     atexit (do_cleanups);
+ */
+void do_cleanups (void)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+
+	/* Make sure there were no overflow */
+	assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-1]);
+
+	i = CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS;
+	do {
+		i--;
+		if (cleanup_functions[i] != NULL) {
+			cleanup_functions[i] (cleanup_function_args[i]);
+		}
+	} while (i>0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * add_cleanup - Add a cleanup_function to the cleanup_functions stack.
+ */
+void add_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf, /*@null@*/void *arg)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+	assert (NULL != pcf);
+
+	assert (NULL == cleanup_functions[CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS-2]);
+
+	/* Add the cleanup_function at the end of the stack */
+	for (i=0; NULL != cleanup_functions[i]; i++);
+	cleanup_functions[i] = pcf;
+	cleanup_function_args[i] = arg;
+}
+
+/*
+ * del_cleanup - Remove a cleanup_function from the cleanup_functions stack.
+ */
+void del_cleanup (cleanup_function pcf)
+{
+	unsigned int i;
+	assert (NULL != pcf);
+
+	/* Find the pcf cleanup function */
+	for (i=0; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
+		if (cleanup_functions[i] == pcf) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Make sure the cleanup function was found */
+	assert (i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS);
+
+	/* Move the rest of the cleanup functions */
+	for (; i<CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS; i++) {
+		/* Make sure the cleanup function was specified only once */
+		assert (cleanup_functions[i+1] != pcf);
+
+		if (i == (CLEANUP_FUNCTIONS -1)) {
+			cleanup_functions[i] = NULL;
+			cleanup_function_args[i] = NULL;
+		} else {
+			cleanup_functions[i] = cleanup_functions[i+1];
+			cleanup_function_args[i] = cleanup_function_args[i+1];
+		}
+
+		/* A NULL indicates the end of the stack */
+		if (NULL == cleanup_functions[i]) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+

libmisc/cleanup_group.c

@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "groupio.h"
+#include "sgroupio.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_group - Report failure to add a group to the system
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the system.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_group (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s", name));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, Prog,
+	              "",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_del_group - Report failure to remove a group from the system
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the system.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_del_group (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to remove group %s", name));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_DEL_GROUP, Prog,
+	              "",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+void cleanup_report_mod_group (void *cleanup_info)
+{
+	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
+	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
+	         gr_dbname (),
+	         info->action));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, Prog,
+	              info->audit_msg,
+	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+void cleanup_report_mod_gshadow (void *cleanup_info)
+{
+	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
+	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
+	         sgr_dbname (),
+	         info->action));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, Prog,
+	              info->audit_msg,
+	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_group_group - Report failure to add a group to group
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the
+ * group database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_group_group (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s to %s", name, gr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, Prog,
+	              "adding group to /etc/group",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow - Report failure to add a group to gshadow
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add a group to the
+ * gshadow database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_group_gshadow (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add group %s to %s", name, sgr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, Prog,
+	              "adding group to /etc/gshadow",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_del_group_group - Report failure to remove a group from the
+ *                                  regular group database
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the
+ * regular group database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_del_group_group (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to remove group %s from %s",
+	         name, gr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, Prog,
+	              "removing group from /etc/group",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow - Report failure to remove a group from
+ *                                    gshadow
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to remove a group from the
+ * gshadow database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_del_group_gshadow (void *group_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)group_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to remove group %s from %s",
+	         name, sgr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_GROUP, Prog,
+	              "removing group from /etc/gshadow",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_unlock_group - Unlock the group file
+ *
+ * It should be registered after the group file is successfully locked.
+ */
+void cleanup_unlock_group (unused void *arg)
+{
+	if (gr_unlock () == 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
+		         Prog, gr_dbname ());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", gr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+		audit_logger_message ("unlocking group file",
+		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
+#ifdef SHADOWGRP
+/*
+ * cleanup_unlock_gshadow - Unlock the gshadow file
+ *
+ * It should be registered after the gshadow file is successfully locked.
+ */
+void cleanup_unlock_gshadow (unused void *arg)
+{
+	if (sgr_unlock () == 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
+		         Prog, sgr_dbname ());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", sgr_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+		audit_logger_message ("unlocking gshadow file",
+		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+	}
+}
+#endif
+

libmisc/cleanup_user.c

@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "pwio.h"
+#include "shadowio.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_user - Report failure to add an user to the system
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the system.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_user (void *user_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s", name));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, Prog,
+	              "",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+void cleanup_report_mod_passwd (void *cleanup_info)
+{
+	const struct cleanup_info_mod *info;
+	info = (const struct cleanup_info_mod *)cleanup_info;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
+	         "failed to change %s (%s)",
+	         pw_dbname (),
+	         info->action));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_USER_ACCT, Prog,
+	              info->audit_msg,
+	              info->name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_user_passwd - Report failure to add an user to
+ * /etc/passwd
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the
+ * /etc/passwd database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_user_passwd (void *user_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s to %s", name, pw_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, Prog,
+	              "adding user to /etc/passwd",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_report_add_user_shadow - Report failure to add an user to
+ * /etc/shadow
+ *
+ * It should be registered when it is decided to add an user to the
+ * /etc/shadow database.
+ */
+void cleanup_report_add_user_shadow (void *user_name)
+{
+	const char *name = (const char *)user_name;
+
+	SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to add user %s to %s", name, spw_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+	audit_logger (AUDIT_ADD_USER, Prog,
+	              "adding user to /etc/shadow",
+	              name, AUDIT_NO_ID,
+	              SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_unlock_passwd - Unlock the /etc/passwd database
+ *
+ * It should be registered after the passwd database is successfully locked.
+ */
+void cleanup_unlock_passwd (unused void *arg)
+{
+	if (pw_unlock () == 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
+		         Prog, pw_dbname ());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", pw_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+		audit_logger_message ("unlocking passwd file",
+		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * cleanup_unlock_shadow - Unlock the /etc/shadow database
+ *
+ * It should be registered after the shadow database is successfully locked.
+ */
+void cleanup_unlock_shadow (unused void *arg)
+{
+	if (spw_unlock () == 0) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: failed to unlock %s\n"),
+		         Prog, spw_dbname ());
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "failed to unlock %s", spw_dbname ()));
+#ifdef WITH_AUDIT
+		audit_logger_message ("unlocking shadow file",
+		                      SHADOW_AUDIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+	}
+}
+

libmisc/console.c

@@ -40,14 +40,14 @@
 #ident "$Id$"
 
 /* local function prototypes */
-static int is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, int def);
+static bool is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, bool def);
 
 /*
  * This is now rather generic function which decides if "tty" is listed
  * under "cfgin" in config (directly or indirectly). Fallback to default if
  * something is bad.
  */
-static int is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, int def)
+static bool is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, bool def)
 {
 	FILE *fp;
 	char buf[200], *cons, *s;
@@ -57,8 +57,10 @@ static int is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, int def)
 	 * fallback to default.
 	 */
 
-	if ((cons = getdef_str (cfgin)) == NULL)
+	cons = getdef_str (cfgin);
+	if (NULL == cons) {
 		return def;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * If this isn't a filename, then it is a ":" delimited list of
@@ -66,14 +68,15 @@ static int is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, int def)
 	 */
 
 	if (*cons != '/') {
-		cons = strcpy (buf, cons);
-		while ((s = strtok (cons, ":")) != NULL) {
-			if (strcmp (s, tty) == 0)
-				return 1;
+		strcpy (buf, cons);
+		while ((s = strtok (buf, ":")) != NULL) {
+			if (strcmp (s, tty) == 0) {
+				return true;
+			}
 
 			cons = NULL;
 		}
-		return 0;
+		return false;
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -81,18 +84,20 @@ static int is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, int def)
 	 * console - otherwise root will never be allowed to login.
 	 */
 
-	if ((fp = fopen (cons, "r")) == NULL)
+	fp = fopen (cons, "r");
+	if (NULL == fp) {
 		return def;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * See if this tty is listed in the console file.
 	 */
 
-	while (fgets (buf, sizeof (buf), fp) != NULL) {
+	while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof (buf), fp) != NULL) {
 		buf[strlen (buf) - 1] = '\0';
 		if (strcmp (buf, tty) == 0) {
 			(void) fclose (fp);
-			return 1;
+			return true;
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -101,7 +106,7 @@ static int is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, int def)
 	 */
 
 	(void) fclose (fp);
-	return 0;
+	return false;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -114,7 +119,12 @@ static int is_listed (const char *cfgin, const char *tty, int def)
  * that would allow an unauthorized root login.
  */
 
-int console (const char *tty)
+bool console (const char *tty)
 {
-	return is_listed ("CONSOLE", tty, 1);
+	if (strncmp (tty, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
+		tty += 5;
+	}
+
+	return is_listed ("CONSOLE", tty, true);
 }
+

libmisc/copydir.c

@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
+#include <assert.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/time.h>
@@ -43,37 +44,37 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 #include <selinux/selinux.h>
-static int selinux_enabled = -1;
 #endif
-static const char *src_orig;
-static const char *dst_orig;
+static /*@null@*/const char *src_orig;
+static /*@null@*/const char *dst_orig;
 
 struct link_name {
 	dev_t ln_dev;
 	ino_t ln_ino;
-	int ln_count;
+	nlink_t ln_count;
 	char *ln_name;
-	struct link_name *ln_next;
+	/*@dependent@*/struct link_name *ln_next;
 };
-static struct link_name *links;
+static /*@exposed@*/struct link_name *links;
 
 static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
                        long int uid, long int gid);
 static int copy_dir (const char *src, const char *dst,
-                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[2],
+                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
                      long int uid, long int gid);
 #ifdef	S_IFLNK
+static char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename);
 static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
-                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[2],
+                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
                          long int uid, long int gid);
 #endif
 static int copy_hardlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
                           struct link_name *lp);
 static int copy_special (const char *dst,
-                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[2],
+                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
                          long int uid, long int gid);
 static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
-                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[2],
+                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
                       long int uid, long int gid);
 
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
@@ -84,14 +85,21 @@ static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
  *	selinux_file_context () should be called before any creation of file,
  *	symlink, directory, ...
  *
+ *	Callers may have to Reset SELinux to create files with default
+ *	contexts:
+ *		setfscreatecon (NULL);
  */
-static int selinux_file_context (const char *dst_name)
+int selinux_file_context (const char *dst_name)
 {
+	static bool selinux_checked = false;
+	static bool selinux_enabled;
 	security_context_t scontext = NULL;
 
-	if (selinux_enabled < 0) {
+	if (!selinux_checked) {
 		selinux_enabled = is_selinux_enabled () > 0;
+		selinux_checked = true;
 	}
+
 	if (selinux_enabled) {
 		/* Get the default security context for this file */
 		if (matchpathcon (dst_name, 0, &scontext) < 0) {
@@ -114,7 +122,7 @@ static int selinux_file_context (const char *dst_name)
 /*
  * remove_link - delete a link from the linked list
  */
-static void remove_link (struct link_name *ln)
+static void remove_link (/*@only@*/struct link_name *ln)
 {
 	struct link_name *lp;
 
@@ -131,6 +139,8 @@ static void remove_link (struct link_name *ln)
 	}
 
 	if (NULL == lp) {
+		free (ln->ln_name);
+		free (ln);
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -143,15 +153,19 @@ static void remove_link (struct link_name *ln)
  * check_link - see if a file is really a link
  */
 
-static struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, const struct stat *sb)
+static /*@exposed@*/ /*@null@*/struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, const struct stat *sb)
 {
 	struct link_name *lp;
-	int src_len;
-	int dst_len;
-	int name_len;
-	int len;
+	size_t src_len;
+	size_t dst_len;
+	size_t name_len;
+	size_t len;
 
-	for (lp = links; lp; lp = lp->ln_next) {
+	/* copy_tree () must be the entry point */
+	assert (NULL != src_orig);
+	assert (NULL != dst_orig);
+
+	for (lp = links; NULL != lp; lp = lp->ln_next) {
 		if ((lp->ln_dev == sb->st_dev) && (lp->ln_ino == sb->st_ino)) {
 			return lp;
 		}
@@ -169,7 +183,7 @@ static struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, const struct stat *sb)
 	lp->ln_ino = sb->st_ino;
 	lp->ln_count = sb->st_nlink;
 	len = name_len - src_len + dst_len + 1;
-	lp->ln_name = xmalloc (len);
+	lp->ln_name = (char *) xmalloc (len);
 	snprintf (lp->ln_name, len, "%s%s", dst_orig, name + src_len);
 	lp->ln_next = links;
 	links = lp;
@@ -186,10 +200,8 @@ static struct link_name *check_link (const char *name, const struct stat *sb)
 int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
                long int uid, long int gid)
 {
-	char src_name[1024];
-	char dst_name[1024];
 	int err = 0;
-	int set_orig = 0;
+	bool set_orig = false;
 	struct DIRECT *ent;
 	DIR *dir;
 
@@ -216,10 +228,10 @@ int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
 		return -1;
 	}
 
-	if (src_orig == 0) {
+	if (src_orig == NULL) {
 		src_orig = src_root;
 		dst_orig = dst_root;
-		set_orig++;
+		set_orig = true;
 	}
 	while ((0 == err) && (ent = readdir (dir)) != NULL) {
 		/*
@@ -227,35 +239,54 @@ int copy_tree (const char *src_root, const char *dst_root,
 		 */
 		if ((strcmp (ent->d_name, ".") != 0) &&
 		    (strcmp (ent->d_name, "..") != 0)) {
-			/*
-			 * Make sure the resulting source and destination
-			 * filenames will fit in their buffers.
-			 */
-			if (   (strlen (src_root) + strlen (ent->d_name) + 2 >
-			        sizeof src_name)
-			    || (strlen (dst_root) + strlen (ent->d_name) + 2 >
-			        sizeof dst_name)) {
+			char *src_name;
+			char *dst_name;
+			size_t src_len = strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
+			size_t dst_len = strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
+			src_len += strlen (src_root);
+			dst_len += strlen (dst_root);
+
+			src_name = (char *) malloc (src_len);
+			dst_name = (char *) malloc (dst_len);
+
+			if ((NULL == src_name) || (NULL == dst_name)) {
 				err = -1;
 			} else {
 				/*
 				 * Build the filename for both the source and
 				 * the destination files.
 				 */
-				snprintf (src_name, sizeof src_name, "%s/%s",
+				snprintf (src_name, src_len, "%s/%s",
 				          src_root, ent->d_name);
-				snprintf (dst_name, sizeof dst_name, "%s/%s",
+				snprintf (dst_name, dst_len, "%s/%s",
 				          dst_root, ent->d_name);
 
 				err = copy_entry (src_name, dst_name, uid, gid);
 			}
+			if (NULL != src_name) {
+				free (src_name);
+			}
+			if (NULL != dst_name) {
+				free (dst_name);
+			}
 		}
 	}
 	(void) closedir (dir);
 
 	if (set_orig) {
-		src_orig = 0;
-		dst_orig = 0;
+		src_orig = NULL;
+		dst_orig = NULL;
 	}
+
+#ifdef WITH_SELINUX
+	/* Reset SELinux to create files with default contexts */
+	setfscreatecon (NULL);
+#endif
+
+	/* FIXME: with the call to remove_link, we could also check that
+	 *        no links remain in links.
+	 * assert (NULL == links); */
+
 	return err;
 }
 
@@ -285,16 +316,28 @@ static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	if (LSTAT (src, &sb) == -1) {
 		/* If we cannot stat the file, do not care. */
 	} else {
-#if  defined(_BSD_SOURCE) || defined(_SVID_SOURCE)
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM
 		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atim.tv_sec;
 		mt[0].tv_usec = sb.st_atim.tv_nsec / 1000;
+#else
+		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atime;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
+		mt[0].tv_usec = sb.st_atimensec / 1000;
+#else
+		mt[0].tv_usec = 0;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIM
 		mt[1].tv_sec  = sb.st_mtim.tv_sec;
 		mt[1].tv_usec = sb.st_mtim.tv_nsec / 1000;
 #else
-		mt[0].tv_sec  = sb.st_atime;
-		mt[0].tv_usec = sb.st_atimensec / 1000;
 		mt[1].tv_sec  = sb.st_mtime;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_MTIMENSEC
 		mt[1].tv_usec = sb.st_mtimensec / 1000;
+#else
+		mt[1].tv_usec = 0;
+#endif
 #endif
 
 		if (S_ISDIR (sb.st_mode)) {
@@ -353,7 +396,7 @@ static int copy_entry (const char *src, const char *dst,
  *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
  */
 static int copy_dir (const char *src, const char *dst,
-                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[2],
+                     const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
                      long int uid, long int gid)
 {
 	int err = 0;
@@ -380,6 +423,41 @@ static int copy_dir (const char *src, const char *dst,
 }
 
 #ifdef	S_IFLNK
+/*
+ * readlink_malloc - wrapper for readlink
+ *
+ * return NULL on error.
+ * The return string shall be freed by the caller.
+ */
+static char *readlink_malloc (const char *filename)
+{
+	size_t size = 1024;
+
+	while (1) {
+		ssize_t nchars;
+		char *buffer = (char *) malloc (size);
+		if (NULL == buffer) {
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+		nchars = readlink (filename, buffer, size);
+
+		if (nchars < 0) {
+			return NULL;
+		}
+
+		if ( (size_t) nchars < size) { /* The buffer was large enough */
+			/* readlink does not nul-terminate */
+			buffer[nchars] = '\0';
+			return buffer;
+		}
+
+		/* Try again with a bigger buffer */
+		free (buffer);
+		size *= 2;
+	}
+}
+
 /*
  * copy_symlink - copy a symlink
  *
@@ -391,13 +469,14 @@ static int copy_dir (const char *src, const char *dst,
  *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
  */
 static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
-                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[2],
+                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
                          long int uid, long int gid)
 {
-	char oldlink[1024];
-	char dummy[1024];
-	int len;
-	int err = 0;
+	char *oldlink;
+
+	/* copy_tree () must be the entry point */
+	assert (NULL != src_orig);
+	assert (NULL != dst_orig);
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the name of the file which the link points
@@ -407,17 +486,26 @@ static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	 * destination directory name.
 	 */
 
-	len = readlink (src, oldlink, sizeof (oldlink) - 1);
-	if (len < 0) {
+	oldlink = readlink_malloc (src);
+	if (NULL == oldlink) {
 		return -1;
 	}
-	oldlink[len] = '\0';	/* readlink() does not NUL-terminate */
+
+	/* If src was a link to an entry of the src_orig directory itself,
+	 * create a link to the corresponding entry in the dst_orig
+	 * directory.
+	 * FIXME: This may change a relative link to an absolute link
+	 */
 	if (strncmp (oldlink, src_orig, strlen (src_orig)) == 0) {
-		snprintf (dummy, sizeof dummy, "%s%s",
+		size_t len = strlen (dst_orig) + strlen (oldlink) - strlen (src_orig) + 1;
+		char *dummy = (char *) malloc (len);
+		snprintf (dummy, len, "%s%s",
 		          dst_orig,
 		          oldlink + strlen (src_orig));
-		strcpy (oldlink, dummy);
+		free (oldlink);
+		oldlink = dummy;
 	}
+
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 	selinux_file_context (dst);
 #endif
@@ -425,17 +513,21 @@ static int copy_symlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	    || (lchown (dst,
 	                (uid == -1) ? statp->st_uid : (uid_t) uid,
 	                (gid == -1) ? statp->st_gid : (gid_t) gid) != 0)) {
+		free (oldlink);
 		return -1;
 	}
+	free (oldlink);
 
+#ifdef HAVE_LUTIMES
 	/* 2007-10-18: We don't care about
 	 *  exit status of lutimes because
 	 *  it returns ENOSYS on many system
 	 *  - not implemented
 	 */
 	lutimes (dst, mt);
+#endif
 
-	return err;
+	return 0;
 }
 #endif
 
@@ -454,10 +546,13 @@ static int copy_hardlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
 	if (link (lp->ln_name, dst) != 0) {
 		return -1;
 	}
+
+	/* FIXME: why is it unlinked? This is a copy, not a move */
 	if (unlink (src) != 0) {
 		return -1;
 	}
 
+	/* FIXME: idem, although it may never be used again */
 	/* If the file could be unlinked, decrement the links counter,
 	 * and delete the file if it was the last reference */
 	lp->ln_count--;
@@ -479,7 +574,7 @@ static int copy_hardlink (const char *src, const char *dst,
  *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
  */
 static int copy_special (const char *dst,
-                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[2],
+                         const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
                          long int uid, long int gid)
 {
 	int err = 0;
@@ -511,14 +606,14 @@ static int copy_special (const char *dst,
  *	Return 0 on success, -1 on error.
  */
 static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
-                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[2],
+                      const struct stat *statp, const struct timeval mt[],
                       long int uid, long int gid)
 {
 	int err = 0;
 	int ifd;
 	int ofd;
 	char buf[1024];
-	int cnt;
+	ssize_t cnt;
 
 	ifd = open (src, O_RDONLY);
 	if (ifd < 0) {
@@ -527,32 +622,40 @@ static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
 #ifdef WITH_SELINUX
 	selinux_file_context (dst);
 #endif
-	ofd = open (dst, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, 0);
+	ofd = open (dst, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC, statp->st_mode & 07777);
 	if (   (ofd < 0)
-	    || (chown (dst,
-	               (uid == -1) ? statp->st_uid : (uid_t) uid,
-	               (gid == -1) ? statp->st_gid : (gid_t) gid) != 0)
-	    || (chmod (dst, statp->st_mode & 07777) != 0)) {
+	    || (fchown (ofd,
+	                (uid == -1) ? statp->st_uid : (uid_t) uid,
+	                (gid == -1) ? statp->st_gid : (gid_t) gid) != 0)
+	    || (fchmod (ofd, statp->st_mode & 07777) != 0)) {
 		(void) close (ifd);
 		return -1;
 	}
 
 	while ((cnt = read (ifd, buf, sizeof buf)) > 0) {
-		if (write (ofd, buf, cnt) != cnt) {
+		if (write (ofd, buf, (size_t)cnt) != cnt) {
 			return -1;
 		}
 	}
 
 	(void) close (ifd);
 
+#ifdef HAVE_FUTIMES
 	if (futimes (ofd, mt) != 0) {
 		return -1;
 	}
+#endif
 
 	if (close (ofd) != 0) {
 		return -1;
 	}
 
+#ifndef HAVE_FUTIMES
+	if (utimes(dst, mt) != 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+#endif
+
 	return err;
 }
 
@@ -566,20 +669,12 @@ static int copy_file (const char *src, const char *dst,
 
 int remove_tree (const char *root)
 {
-	char new_name[1024];
+	char *new_name = NULL;
 	int err = 0;
 	struct DIRECT *ent;
 	struct stat sb;
 	DIR *dir;
 
-	/*
-	 * Make certain the directory exists.
-	 */
-
-	if (access (root, F_OK) != 0) {
-		return -1;
-	}
-
 	/*
 	 * Open the source directory and read each entry.  Every file
 	 * entry in the directory is copied with the UID and GID set
@@ -593,6 +688,7 @@ int remove_tree (const char *root)
 	}
 
 	while ((ent = readdir (dir))) {
+		size_t new_len = strlen (root) + strlen (ent->d_name) + 2;
 
 		/*
 		 * Skip the "." and ".." entries
@@ -607,12 +703,15 @@ int remove_tree (const char *root)
 		 * Make the filename for the current entry.
 		 */
 
-		if (strlen (root) + strlen (ent->d_name) + 2 > sizeof new_name) {
+		if (NULL != new_name) {
+			free (new_name);
+		}
+		new_name = (char *) malloc (new_len);
+		if (NULL == new_name) {
 			err = -1;
 			break;
 		}
-		snprintf (new_name, sizeof new_name, "%s/%s", root,
-			  ent->d_name);
+		snprintf (new_name, new_len, "%s/%s", root, ent->d_name);
 		if (LSTAT (new_name, &sb) == -1) {
 			continue;
 		}
@@ -635,6 +734,9 @@ int remove_tree (const char *root)
 			}
 		}
 	}
+	if (NULL != new_name) {
+		free (new_name);
+	}
 	(void) closedir (dir);
 
 	if (0 == err) {

libmisc/env.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
+#include <assert.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -46,7 +47,7 @@
  */
 #define NEWENVP_STEP 16
 size_t newenvc = 0;
-char **newenvp = NULL;
+/*@null@*/char **newenvp = NULL;
 extern char **environ;
 
 static const char *forbid[] = {
@@ -85,15 +86,18 @@ void initenv (void)
 }
 
 
-void addenv (const char *string, const char *value)
+void addenv (const char *string, /*@null@*/const char *value)
 {
 	char *cp, *newstring;
 	size_t i;
 	size_t n;
 
-	if (value) {
-		newstring = xmalloc (strlen (string) + strlen (value) + 2);
-		sprintf (newstring, "%s=%s", string, value);
+	if (NULL != value) {
+		size_t len = strlen (string) + strlen (value) + 2;
+		int wlen;
+		newstring = xmalloc (len);
+		wlen = snprintf (newstring, len, "%s=%s", string, value);
+		assert (wlen == (int) len -1);
 	} else {
 		newstring = xstrdup (string);
 	}
@@ -104,7 +108,7 @@ void addenv (const char *string, const char *value)
 	 */
 
 	cp = strchr (newstring, '=');
-	if (!cp) {
+	if (NULL == cp) {
 		free (newstring);
 		return;
 	}
@@ -112,9 +116,10 @@ void addenv (const char *string, const char *value)
 	n = (size_t) (cp - newstring);
 
 	for (i = 0; i < newenvc; i++) {
-		if (strncmp (newstring, newenvp[i], n) == 0 &&
-		    (newenvp[i][n] == '=' || newenvp[i][n] == '\0'))
+		if (   (strncmp (newstring, newenvp[i], n) == 0)
+		    && (('=' == newenvp[i][n]) || ('\0' == newenvp[i][n]))) {
 			break;
+		}
 	}
 
 	if (i < newenvc) {
@@ -151,12 +156,14 @@ void addenv (const char *string, const char *value)
 			 * environ so that it doesn't point to some
 			 * free memory area (realloc() could move it).
 			 */
-			if (environ == newenvp)
+			if (environ == newenvp) {
 				environ = __newenvp;
+			}
 			newenvp = __newenvp;
 		} else {
-			fputs (_("Environment overflow\n"), stderr);
-			free (newenvp[--newenvc]);
+			(void) fputs (_("Environment overflow\n"), stderr);
+			newenvc--;
+			free (newenvp[newenvc]);
 		}
 	}
 
@@ -178,21 +185,28 @@ void set_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
 	char *cp;
 
 	for (; argc > 0; argc--, argv++) {
-		if (strlen (*argv) >= sizeof variable)
+		if (strlen (*argv) >= sizeof variable) {
 			continue;	/* ignore long entries */
+		}
 
-		if (!(cp = strchr (*argv, '='))) {
-			snprintf (variable, sizeof variable, "L%d", noname++);
+		cp = strchr (*argv, '=');
+		if (NULL == cp) {
+			int wlen;
+			wlen = snprintf (variable, sizeof variable, "L%d", noname);
+			assert (wlen < (int) sizeof(variable));
+			noname++;
 			addenv (variable, *argv);
 		} else {
 			const char **p;
 
-			for (p = forbid; *p; p++)
-				if (strncmp (*argv, *p, strlen (*p)) == 0)
+			for (p = forbid; NULL != *p; p++) {
+				if (strncmp (*argv, *p, strlen (*p)) == 0) {
 					break;
+				}
+			}
 
-			if (*p) {
-				strncpy (variable, *argv, cp - *argv);
+			if (NULL != *p) {
+				strncpy (variable, *argv, (size_t)(cp - *argv));
 				variable[cp - *argv] = '\0';
 				printf (_("You may not change $%s\n"),
 					variable);
@@ -220,27 +234,32 @@ void sanitize_env (void)
 	char **cur;
 	char **move;
 
-	for (cur = envp; *cur; cur++) {
-		for (bad = forbid; *bad; bad++) {
+	for (cur = envp; NULL != *cur; cur++) {
+		for (bad = forbid; NULL != *bad; bad++) {
 			if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) == 0) {
-				for (move = cur; *move; move++)
+				for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
 					*move = *(move + 1);
+				}
 				cur--;
 				break;
 			}
 		}
 	}
 
-	for (cur = envp; *cur; cur++) {
-		for (bad = noslash; *bad; bad++) {
-			if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) != 0)
+	for (cur = envp; NULL != *cur; cur++) {
+		for (bad = noslash; NULL != *bad; bad++) {
+			if (strncmp (*cur, *bad, strlen (*bad)) != 0) {
 				continue;
-			if (!strchr (*cur, '/'))
+			}
+			if (strchr (*cur, '/') != NULL) {
 				continue;	/* OK */
-			for (move = cur; *move; move++)
+			}
+			for (move = cur; NULL != *move; move++) {
 				*move = *(move + 1);
+			}
 			cur--;
 			break;
 		}
 	}
 }
+

libmisc/failure.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2002 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -35,6 +36,7 @@
 
 #include <fcntl.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "faillog.h"
 #include "getdef.h"
@@ -49,13 +51,23 @@
 void failure (uid_t uid, const char *tty, struct faillog *fl)
 {
 	int fd;
+	off_t offset_uid = (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid;
 
 	/*
 	 * Don't do anything if failure logging isn't set up.
 	 */
 
-	if ((fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, O_RDWR)) < 0)
+	if (access (FAILLOG_FILE, F_OK) != 0) {
 		return;
+	}
+
+	fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, O_RDWR);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't write faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
+		         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
+		return;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * The file is indexed by UID value meaning that shared UID's
@@ -63,9 +75,17 @@ void failure (uid_t uid, const char *tty, struct faillog *fl)
 	 * share just about everything else ...
 	 */
 
-	lseek (fd, (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid, SEEK_SET);
-	if (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != sizeof *fl)
+	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
+	    || (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)) {
+		/* This is not necessarily a failure. The file is
+		 * initially zero length.
+		 *
+		 * If lseek() or read() failed for any other reason, this
+		 * might reset the counter. But the new failure will be
+		 * logged.
+		 */
 		memzero (fl, sizeof *fl);
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Update the record.  We increment the failure count to log the
@@ -74,11 +94,12 @@ void failure (uid_t uid, const char *tty, struct faillog *fl)
 	 * updated as well.
 	 */
 
-	if (fl->fail_cnt + 1 > 0)
+	if (fl->fail_cnt + 1 > 0) {
 		fl->fail_cnt++;
+	}
 
 	strncpy (fl->fail_line, tty, sizeof fl->fail_line);
-	time (&fl->fail_time);
+	(void) time (&fl->fail_time);
 
 	/*
 	 * Seek back to the correct position in the file and write the
@@ -87,26 +108,34 @@ void failure (uid_t uid, const char *tty, struct faillog *fl)
 	 * seem that great.
 	 */
 
-	lseek (fd, (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid, SEEK_SET);
-	write (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl);
-	close (fd);
+	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
+	    || (write (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)
+	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't write faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
+		         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
+		(void) close (fd);
+	}
 }
 
-static int too_many_failures (const struct faillog *fl)
+static bool too_many_failures (const struct faillog *fl)
 {
 	time_t now;
 
-	if (fl->fail_max == 0 || fl->fail_cnt < fl->fail_max)
-		return 0;
+	if ((0 == fl->fail_max) || (fl->fail_cnt < fl->fail_max)) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
-	if (fl->fail_locktime == 0)
-		return 1;	/* locked until reset manually */
+	if (0 == fl->fail_locktime) {
+		return true;	/* locked until reset manually */
+	}
 
-	time (&now);
-	if (fl->fail_time + fl->fail_locktime < now)
-		return 0;	/* enough time since last failure */
+	(void) time (&now);
+	if ((fl->fail_time + fl->fail_locktime) < now) {
+		return false;	/* enough time since last failure */
+	}
 
-	return 1;
+	return true;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -114,21 +143,35 @@ static int too_many_failures (const struct faillog *fl)
  *
  *	failcheck() is called AFTER the password has been validated.  If the
  *	account has been "attacked" with too many login failures, failcheck()
- *	returns FALSE to indicate that the login should be denied even though
+ *	returns 0 to indicate that the login should be denied even though
  *	the password is valid.
+ *
+ *	failed indicates if the login failed AFTER the password has been
+ *	       validated.
  */
 
-int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, int failed)
+int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed)
 {
 	int fd;
 	struct faillog fail;
+	off_t offset_uid = (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid;
 
 	/*
 	 * Suppress the check if the log file isn't there.
 	 */
 
-	if ((fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, O_RDWR)) < 0)
+	if (access (FAILLOG_FILE, F_OK) != 0) {
 		return 1;
+	}
+
+	fd = open (FAILLOG_FILE, failed?O_RDONLY:O_RDWR);
+	if (fd < 0) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't open the faillog file (%s) to check UID %lu. "
+		         "User access authorized.",
+		         FAILLOG_FILE, (unsigned long) uid));
+		return 1;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Get the record from the file and determine if the user has
@@ -142,14 +185,14 @@ int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, int failed)
 	 * no need to reset the count.
 	 */
 
-	lseek (fd, (off_t) (sizeof *fl) * uid, SEEK_SET);
-	if (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != sizeof *fl) {
-		close (fd);
+	if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
+	    || (read (fd, (char *) fl, sizeof *fl) != (ssize_t) sizeof *fl)) {
+		(void) close (fd);
 		return 1;
 	}
 
 	if (too_many_failures (fl)) {
-		close (fd);
+		(void) close (fd);
 		return 0;
 	}
 
@@ -164,10 +207,18 @@ int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, int failed)
 		fail = *fl;
 		fail.fail_cnt = 0;
 
-		lseek (fd, (off_t) sizeof fail * uid, SEEK_SET);
-		write (fd, (char *) &fail, sizeof fail);
+		if (   (lseek (fd, offset_uid, SEEK_SET) != offset_uid)
+		    || (write (fd, (const void *) &fail, sizeof fail) != (ssize_t) sizeof fail)
+		    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
+			SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+			         "Can't reset faillog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
+			         (unsigned long) uid, FAILLOG_FILE));
+			(void) close (fd);
+		}
+	} else {
+		(void) close (fd);
 	}
-	close (fd);
+
 	return 1;
 }
 
@@ -190,17 +241,18 @@ void failprint (const struct faillog *fail)
 #endif
 	time_t NOW;
 
-	if (fail->fail_cnt == 0)
+	if (0 == fail->fail_cnt) {
 		return;
+	}
 
 	tp = localtime (&(fail->fail_time));
-	time (&NOW);
+	(void) time (&NOW);
 
 #if HAVE_STRFTIME
 	/*
 	 * Print all information we have.
 	 */
-	strftime (lasttimeb, sizeof lasttimeb, "%c", tp);
+	(void) strftime (lasttimeb, sizeof lasttimeb, "%c", tp);
 #else
 
 	/*
@@ -210,35 +262,38 @@ void failprint (const struct faillog *fail)
 	lasttime = asctime (tp);
 	lasttime[24] = '\0';
 
-	if (NOW - fail->fail_time < YEAR)
+	if ((NOW - fail->fail_time) < YEAR) {
 		lasttime[19] = '\0';
-	if (NOW - fail->fail_time < DAY)
+	}
+	if ((NOW - fail->fail_time) < DAY) {
 		lasttime = lasttime + 11;
+	}
 
-	if (*lasttime == ' ')
+	if (' ' == *lasttime) {
 		lasttime++;
+	}
 #endif
-	printf (ngettext ("%d failure since last login.\n"
-			  "Last was %s on %s.\n",
-			  "%d failures since last login.\n"
-			  "Last was %s on %s.\n",
-			  fail->fail_cnt),
-		fail->fail_cnt, lasttime, fail->fail_line);
+	(void) printf (ngettext ("%d failure since last login.\n"
+	                         "Last was %s on %s.\n",
+	                         "%d failures since last login.\n"
+	                         "Last was %s on %s.\n",
+	                         (unsigned long) fail->fail_cnt),
+	               fail->fail_cnt, lasttime, fail->fail_line);
 }
 
 /*
- * failtmp - update the cummulative failure log
+ * failtmp - update the cumulative failure log
  *
  *	failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
  *	maintains a record of all login failures.
  */
 
-void failtmp (
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+void failtmp (const char *username,
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
 		     const struct utmpx *failent
-#else
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
 		     const struct utmp *failent
-#endif
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
     )
 {
 	char *ftmp;
@@ -249,21 +304,38 @@ void failtmp (
 	 * in login.defs, don't do this.
 	 */
 
-	if (!(ftmp = getdef_str ("FTMP_FILE")))
+	ftmp = getdef_str ("FTMP_FILE");
+	if (NULL == ftmp) {
 		return;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Open the file for append.  It must already exist for this
 	 * feature to be used.
 	 */
 
-	if ((fd = open (ftmp, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND)) == -1)
+	if (access (ftmp, F_OK) != 0) {
 		return;
+	}
+
+	fd = open (ftmp, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND);
+	if (-1 == fd) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't append failure of user %s to %s.",
+		         username, ftmp));
+		return;
+	}
 
 	/*
-	 * Output the new failure record and close the log file.
+	 * Append the new failure record and close the log file.
 	 */
 
-	write (fd, (const char *) failent, sizeof *failent);
-	close (fd);
+	if (   (write (fd, (const void *) failent, sizeof *failent) != (ssize_t) sizeof *failent)
+	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't append failure of user %s to %s.",
+		         username, ftmp));
+		(void) close (fd);
+	}
 }
+

libmisc/failure.h

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1990 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1997 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2005       , Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -35,11 +36,11 @@
 
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "faillog.h"
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
 #include <utmpx.h>
-#else
+#else					/* !USE_UTMPX */
 #include <utmp.h>
-#endif
+#endif					/* !USE_UTMPX */
 
 /*
  * failure - make failure entry
@@ -57,7 +58,7 @@ extern void failure (uid_t, const char *, struct faillog *);
  *	returns FALSE to indicate that the login should be denied even though
  *	the password is valid.
  */
-extern int failcheck (uid_t, struct faillog *, int);
+extern int failcheck (uid_t uid, struct faillog *fl, bool failed);
 
 /*
  * failprint - print line of failure information
@@ -73,11 +74,11 @@ extern void failprint (const struct faillog *);
  *	failtmp updates the (struct utmp) formatted failure log which
  *	maintains a record of all login failures.
  */
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
-extern void failtmp (const struct utmpx *);
-#else
-extern void failtmp (const struct utmp *);
-#endif
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+extern void failtmp (const char *username, const struct utmpx *);
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+extern void failtmp (const char *username, const struct utmp *);
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
 
 #endif
 

libmisc/find_new_gid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "groupio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+/*
+ * find_new_gid - Find a new unused GID.
+ *
+ * If successful, find_new_gid provides an unused group ID in the
+ * [GID_MIN:GID_MAX] range.
+ * This ID should be higher than all the used GID, but if not possible,
+ * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
+ * 
+ * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
+ */
+int find_new_gid (bool sys_group,
+                  gid_t *gid,
+                  /*@null@*/gid_t const *preferred_gid)
+{
+	const struct group *grp;
+	gid_t gid_min, gid_max, group_id, id;
+	bool *used_gids;
+
+	assert (gid != NULL);
+
+	if (!sys_group) {
+		gid_min = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL);
+		gid_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MAX", 60000UL);
+	} else {
+		gid_min = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MIN", 101UL);
+		gid_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("GID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
+		gid_max = (gid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_GID_MAX", (unsigned long) gid_max);
+	}
+	used_gids = alloca (sizeof (bool) * (gid_max +1));
+	memset (used_gids, false, sizeof (bool) * (gid_max + 1));
+
+	if (   (NULL != preferred_gid)
+	    && (*preferred_gid >= gid_min)
+	    && (*preferred_gid <= gid_max)
+	    /* Check if the user exists according to NSS */
+	    && (getgrgid (*preferred_gid) == NULL)
+	    /* Check also the local database in case of uncommitted
+	     * changes */
+	    && (gr_locate_gid (*preferred_gid) == NULL)) {
+		*gid = *preferred_gid;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	 * Search the entire group file,
+	 * looking for the largest unused value.
+	 *
+	 * We check the list of groups according to NSS (setgrent/getgrent),
+	 * but we also check the local database (gr_rewind/gr_next) in case
+	 * some groups were created but the changes were not committed yet.
+	 */
+	if (sys_group) {
+		/* setgrent / getgrent / endgrent can be very slow with
+		 * LDAP configurations (and many accounts).
+		 * Since there is a limited amount of IDs to be tested
+		 * for system accounts, we just check the existence
+		 * of IDs with getgrgid.
+		 */
+		group_id = gid_max;
+		for (id = gid_max; id >= gid_min; id--) {
+			if (getgrgid (id) != NULL) {
+				group_id = id - 1;
+				used_gids[id] = true;
+			}
+		}
+
+		gr_rewind ();
+		while ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL) {
+			if ((grp->gr_gid <= group_id) && (grp->gr_gid >= gid_min)) {
+				group_id = grp->gr_gid - 1;
+			}
+			/* create index of used GIDs */
+			if (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
+				used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		group_id = gid_min;
+		setgrent ();
+		while ((grp = getgrent ()) != NULL) {
+			if ((grp->gr_gid >= group_id) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
+				group_id = grp->gr_gid + 1;
+			}
+			/* create index of used GIDs */
+			if (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
+				used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
+			}
+		}
+		endgrent ();
+
+		gr_rewind ();
+		while ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL) {
+			if ((grp->gr_gid >= group_id) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
+				group_id = grp->gr_gid + 1;
+			}
+			/* create index of used GIDs */
+			if (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max) {
+				used_gids[grp->gr_gid] = true;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If a group with GID equal to GID_MAX exists, the above algorithm
+	 * will give us GID_MAX+1 even if not unique. Search for the first
+	 * free GID starting with GID_MIN.
+	 */
+	if (sys_group) {
+		if (group_id == gid_min - 1) {
+			for (group_id = gid_max; group_id >= gid_min; group_id--) {
+				if (false == used_gids[group_id]) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if ( group_id < gid_min ) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: Can't get unique system GID (no more available GIDs)\n"),
+				         Prog);
+				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+				         "no more available GID on the system"));
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (group_id == gid_max + 1) {
+			for (group_id = gid_min; group_id < gid_max; group_id++) {
+				if (false == used_gids[group_id]) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (group_id == gid_max) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: Can't get unique GID (no more available GIDs)\n"),
+				         Prog);
+				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available GID on the system"));
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	*gid = group_id;
+	return 0;
+}
+

libmisc/find_new_ids.c

@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
- *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
- *    specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
- * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
- * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
- * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
- * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
- * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "prototypes.h"
-#include "pwio.h"
-#include "groupio.h"
-#include "getdef.h"
-
-/*
- * find_new_uid - Find a new unused UID.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_uid provides an unused user ID in the
- * [UID_MIN:UID_MAX] range.
- * This ID should be higher than all the used UID, but if not possible,
- * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
- * 
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_uid (int sys_user, uid_t *uid, uid_t const *preferred_uid)
-{
-	const struct passwd *pwd;
-	uid_t uid_min, uid_max, user_id;
-
-	assert (uid != NULL);
-
-	if (sys_user == 0) {
-		uid_min = getdef_unum ("UID_MIN", 1000);
-		uid_max = getdef_unum ("UID_MAX", 60000);
-	} else {
-		uid_min = getdef_unum ("SYS_UID_MIN", 1);
-		uid_max = getdef_unum ("UID_MIN", 1000) - 1;
-		uid_max = getdef_unum ("SYS_UID_MAX", uid_max);
-	}
-
-	if (   (NULL != preferred_uid)
-	    && (*preferred_uid >= uid_min)
-	    && (*preferred_uid <= uid_max)
-	    /* Check if the user exists according to NSS */
-	    && (getpwuid (*preferred_uid) == NULL)
-	    /* Check also the local database in case of uncommitted
-	     * changes */
-	    && (pw_locate_uid (*preferred_uid) == NULL)) {
-		*uid = *preferred_uid;
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-
-	user_id = uid_min;
-
-	/*
-	 * Search the entire password file,
-	 * looking for the largest unused value.
-	 *
-	 * We check the list of users according to NSS (setpwent/getpwent),
-	 * but we also check the local database (pw_rewind/pw_next) in case
-	 * some users were created but the changes were not committed yet.
-	 */
-	setpwent ();
-	pw_rewind ();
-	while (   ((pwd = getpwent ()) != NULL)
-	       || ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL)) {
-		if ((pwd->pw_uid >= user_id) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
-			user_id = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
-		}
-	}
-	endpwent ();
-
-	/*
-	 * If a user with UID equal to UID_MAX exists, the above algorithm
-	 * will give us UID_MAX+1 even if not unique. Search for the first
-	 * free UID starting with UID_MIN (it's O(n*n) but can be avoided
-	 * by not having users with UID equal to UID_MAX).  --marekm
-	 */
-	if (user_id == uid_max + 1) {
-		for (user_id = uid_min; user_id < uid_max; user_id++) {
-			/* local, no need for xgetpwuid */
-			if (   (getpwuid (user_id) == NULL)
-			    && (pw_locate_uid (user_id) == NULL)) {
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-		if (user_id == uid_max) {
-			fputs (_("Can't get unique UID (no more available UIDs)\n"), stderr);
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	*uid = user_id;
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * find_new_gid - Find a new unused GID.
- *
- * If successful, find_new_gid provides an unused group ID in the
- * [GID_MIN:GID_MAX] range.
- * This ID should be higher than all the used GID, but if not possible,
- * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
- * 
- * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused GIDs are available.
- */
-int find_new_gid (int sys_group, gid_t *gid, gid_t const *preferred_gid)
-{
-	const struct group *grp;
-	gid_t gid_min, gid_max, group_id;
-
-	assert (gid != NULL);
-
-	if (sys_group == 0) {
-		gid_min = getdef_unum ("GID_MIN", 1000);
-		gid_max = getdef_unum ("GID_MAX", 60000);
-	} else {
-		gid_min = getdef_unum ("SYS_GID_MIN", 1);
-		gid_max = getdef_unum ("GID_MIN", 1000) - 1;
-		gid_max = getdef_unum ("SYS_GID_MAX", gid_max);
-	}
-
-	if (   (NULL != preferred_gid)
-	    && (*preferred_gid >= gid_min)
-	    && (*preferred_gid <= gid_max)
-	    /* Check if the user exists according to NSS */
-	    && (getgrgid (*preferred_gid) == NULL)
-	    /* Check also the local database in case of uncommitted
-	     * changes */
-	    && (gr_locate_gid (*preferred_gid) == NULL)) {
-		*gid = *preferred_gid;
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	group_id = gid_min;
-
-	/*
-	 * Search the entire group file,
-	 * looking for the largest unused value.
-	 *
-	 * We check the list of users according to NSS (setpwent/getpwent),
-	 * but we also check the local database (pw_rewind/pw_next) in case
-	 * some groups were created but the changes were not committed yet.
-	 */
-	setgrent ();
-	gr_rewind ();
-	while (   ((grp = getgrent ()) != NULL)
-	       || ((grp = gr_next ()) != NULL)) {
-		if ((grp->gr_gid >= group_id) && (grp->gr_gid <= gid_max)) {
-			group_id = grp->gr_gid + 1;
-		}
-	}
-	endgrent ();
-
-	/*
-	 * If a group with GID equal to GID_MAX exists, the above algorithm
-	 * will give us GID_MAX+1 even if not unique. Search for the first
-	 * free GID starting with GID_MIN (it's O(n*n) but can be avoided
-	 * by not having users with GID equal to GID_MAX).  --marekm
-	 */
-	if (group_id == gid_max + 1) {
-		for (group_id = gid_min; group_id < gid_max; group_id++) {
-			/* local, no need for xgetgrgid */
-			if (   (getgrgid (group_id) == NULL)
-			    && (gr_locate_gid (group_id) == NULL)) {
-				break;
-			}
-		}
-		if (group_id == gid_max) {
-			fputs (_("Can't get unique GID (no more available GIDs)\n"), stderr);
-			return -1;
-		}
-	}
-
-	*gid = group_id;
-	return 0;
-}
-

libmisc/find_new_uid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "pwio.h"
+#include "getdef.h"
+
+/*
+ * find_new_uid - Find a new unused UID.
+ *
+ * If successful, find_new_uid provides an unused user ID in the
+ * [UID_MIN:UID_MAX] range.
+ * This ID should be higher than all the used UID, but if not possible,
+ * the lowest unused ID in the range will be returned.
+ * 
+ * Return 0 on success, -1 if no unused UIDs are available.
+ */
+int find_new_uid (bool sys_user,
+                  uid_t *uid,
+                  /*@null@*/uid_t const *preferred_uid)
+{
+	const struct passwd *pwd;
+	uid_t uid_min, uid_max, user_id, id;
+	bool *used_uids;
+
+	assert (uid != NULL);
+
+	if (!sys_user) {
+		uid_min = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL);
+		uid_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MAX", 60000UL);
+	} else {
+		uid_min = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MIN", 101UL);
+		uid_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("UID_MIN", 1000UL) - 1;
+		uid_max = (uid_t) getdef_ulong ("SYS_UID_MAX", (unsigned long) uid_max);
+	}
+	used_uids = alloca (sizeof (bool) * (uid_max +1));
+	memset (used_uids, false, sizeof (bool) * (uid_max + 1));
+
+	if (   (NULL != preferred_uid)
+	    && (*preferred_uid >= uid_min)
+	    && (*preferred_uid <= uid_max)
+	    /* Check if the user exists according to NSS */
+	    && (getpwuid (*preferred_uid) == NULL)
+	    /* Check also the local database in case of uncommitted
+	     * changes */
+	    && (pw_locate_uid (*preferred_uid) == NULL)) {
+		*uid = *preferred_uid;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	 * Search the entire password file,
+	 * looking for the largest unused value.
+	 *
+	 * We check the list of users according to NSS (setpwent/getpwent),
+	 * but we also check the local database (pw_rewind/pw_next) in case
+	 * some users were created but the changes were not committed yet.
+	 */
+	if (sys_user) {
+		/* setpwent / getpwent / endpwent can be very slow with
+		 * LDAP configurations (and many accounts).
+		 * Since there is a limited amount of IDs to be tested
+		 * for system accounts, we just check the existence
+		 * of IDs with getpwuid.
+		 */
+		user_id = uid_max;
+		for (id = uid_max; id >= uid_min; id--) {
+			if (getpwuid (id) != NULL) {
+				user_id = id - 1;
+				used_uids[id] = true;
+			}
+		}
+
+		pw_rewind ();
+		while ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL) {
+			if ((pwd->pw_uid <= user_id) && (pwd->pw_uid >= uid_min)) {
+				user_id = pwd->pw_uid - 1;
+			}
+			/* create index of used UIDs */
+			if (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
+				used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		user_id = uid_min;
+		setpwent ();
+		while ((pwd = getpwent ()) != NULL) {
+			if ((pwd->pw_uid >= user_id) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
+				user_id = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
+			}
+			/* create index of used UIDs */
+			if (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
+				used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
+			}
+		}
+		endpwent ();
+
+		pw_rewind ();
+		while ((pwd = pw_next ()) != NULL) {
+			if ((pwd->pw_uid >= user_id) && (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max)) {
+				user_id = pwd->pw_uid + 1;
+			}
+			/* create index of used UIDs */
+			if (pwd->pw_uid <= uid_max) {
+				used_uids[pwd->pw_uid] = true;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If a user with UID equal to UID_MAX exists, the above algorithm
+	 * will give us UID_MAX+1 even if not unique. Search for the first
+	 * free UID starting with UID_MIN.
+	 */
+	if (sys_user) {
+		if (user_id == uid_min - 1) {
+			for (user_id = uid_max; user_id >= uid_min; user_id--) {
+				if (false == used_uids[user_id]) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (user_id < uid_min ) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: Can't get unique system UID (no more available UIDs)\n"),
+				         Prog);
+				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+				         "no more available UID on the system"));
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (user_id == uid_max + 1) {
+			for (user_id = uid_min; user_id < uid_max; user_id++) {
+				if (false == used_uids[user_id]) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (user_id == uid_max) {
+				fprintf (stderr,
+				         _("%s: Can't get unique UID (no more available UIDs)\n"),
+				         Prog);
+				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "no more available UID on the system"));
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	*uid = user_id;
+	return 0;
+}
+

libmisc/getdate.y

@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 
 number	: tUNUMBER
           {
-	    if (yyHaveTime && yyHaveDate && !yyHaveRel)
+	    if ((yyHaveTime != 0) && (yyHaveDate != 0) && (yyHaveRel == 0))
 	      yyYear = $1;
 	    else
 	      {
@@ -647,10 +647,10 @@ static int LookupWord (char *buff)
   register char *q;
   register const TABLE *tp;
   int i;
-  int abbrev;
+  bool abbrev;
 
   /* Make it lowercase. */
-  for (p = buff; *p; p++)
+  for (p = buff; '\0' != *p; p++)
     if (ISUPPER (*p))
       *p = tolower (*p);
 
@@ -667,14 +667,14 @@ static int LookupWord (char *buff)
 
   /* See if we have an abbreviation for a month. */
   if (strlen (buff) == 3)
-    abbrev = 1;
+    abbrev = true;
   else if (strlen (buff) == 4 && buff[3] == '.')
     {
-      abbrev = 1;
+      abbrev = true;
       buff[3] = '\0';
     }
   else
-    abbrev = 0;
+    abbrev = false;
 
   for (tp = MonthDayTable; tp->name; tp++)
     {
@@ -743,14 +743,14 @@ static int LookupWord (char *buff)
     }
 
   /* Drop out any periods and try the timezone table again. */
-  for (i = 0, p = q = buff; *q; q++)
+  for (i = 0, p = q = buff; '\0' != *q; q++)
     if (*q != '.')
       *p++ = *q;
     else
       i++;
   *p = '\0';
-  if (i)
-    for (tp = TimezoneTable; tp->name; tp++)
+  if (0 != i)
+    for (tp = TimezoneTable; NULL != tp->name; tp++)
       if (strcmp (buff, tp->name) == 0)
 	{
 	  yylval.Number = tp->value;
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ yylex (void)
 	  yyInput--;
 	  if (sign < 0)
 	    yylval.Number = -yylval.Number;
-	  return sign ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
+	  return (0 != sign) ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
 	}
       if (ISALPHA (c))
 	{
@@ -874,7 +874,8 @@ time_t get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
   tm.tm_year = ToYear (yyYear) - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN + yyRelYear;
   tm.tm_mon = yyMonth - 1 + yyRelMonth;
   tm.tm_mday = yyDay + yyRelDay;
-  if (yyHaveTime || (yyHaveRel && !yyHaveDate && !yyHaveDay))
+  if ((yyHaveTime != 0) ||
+      ( (yyHaveRel != 0) && (yyHaveDate == 0) && (yyHaveDay == 0) ))
     {
       tm.tm_hour = ToHour (yyHour, yyMeridian);
       if (tm.tm_hour < 0)

libmisc/getgr_nam_gid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * getgr_nam_gid - Return a pointer to the group specified by a string.
+ * The string may be a valid GID or a valid groupname.
+ * If the group does not exist on the system, NULL is returned.
+ */
+extern /*@null@*/struct group *getgr_nam_gid (const char *grname)
+{
+	long long int gid;
+	char *endptr;
+
+	if (NULL == grname) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	errno = 0;
+	gid = strtoll (grname, &endptr, 10);
+	if (   ('\0' != *grname)
+	    && ('\0' == *endptr)
+	    && (ERANGE != errno)
+	    && (/*@+longintegral@*/gid == (gid_t)gid)/*@=longintegral@*/) {
+		return xgetgrgid ((gid_t) gid);
+	}
+	return xgetgrnam (grname);
+}
+

libmisc/getrange.c

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id: $"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*
+ * Parse a range and indicate if the range is valid.
+ * Valid ranges are in the form:
+ *     <long>          -> min=max=long         has_min  has_max
+ *     -<long>         -> max=long            !has_min  has_max
+ *     <long>-         -> min=long             has_min !has_max
+ *     <long1>-<long2> -> min=long1 max=long2  has_min  has_max
+ *
+ * If the range is valid, getrange returns 1.
+ * If the range is not valid, getrange returns 0.
+ */
+int getrange (char *range,
+              unsigned long *min, bool *has_min,
+              unsigned long *max, bool *has_max)
+{
+	char *endptr;
+	unsigned long n;
+
+	if (NULL == range) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if ('-' == range[0]) {
+		if (!isdigit(range[1])) {
+			/* invalid */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		errno = 0;
+		n = strtoul (&range[1], &endptr, 10);
+		if (('\0' != *endptr) || (ERANGE == errno)) {
+			/* invalid */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		/* -<long> */
+		*has_min = false;
+		*has_max = true;
+		*max = n;
+	} else {
+		errno = 0;
+		n = strtoul (range, &endptr, 10);
+		if (ERANGE == errno) {
+			/* invalid */
+			return 0;
+		}
+		switch (*endptr) {
+			case '\0':
+				/* <long> */
+				*has_min = true;
+				*has_max = true;
+				*min = n;
+				*max = n;
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				endptr++;
+				if ('\0' == *endptr) {
+					/* <long>- */
+					*has_min = true;
+					*has_max = false;
+					*min = n;
+				} else if (!isdigit (*endptr)) {
+					/* invalid */
+					return 0;
+				} else {
+					*has_min = true;
+					*min = n;
+					errno = 0;
+					n = strtoul (endptr, &endptr, 10);
+					if (   ('\0' != *endptr)
+					    || (ERANGE == errno)) {
+						/* invalid */
+						return 0;
+					}
+					/* <long>-<long> */
+					*has_max = true;
+					*max = n;
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+

libmisc/hushed.c

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1993, Chip Rosenthal
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -36,21 +37,22 @@
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "getdef.h"
-#include <pwd.h>
 /*
  * hushed - determine if a user receives login messages
  *
  * Look in the hushed-logins file (or user's home directory) to see
  * if the user is to receive the login-time messages.
  */
-int hushed (const struct passwd *pw)
+bool hushed (const char *username)
 {
+	struct passwd *pw;
 	char *hushfile;
 	char buf[BUFSIZ];
-	int found;
+	bool found;
 	FILE *fp;
 
 	/*
@@ -58,8 +60,15 @@ int hushed (const struct passwd *pw)
 	 * defined, default to a noisy login.
 	 */
 
-	if ((hushfile = getdef_str ("HUSHLOGIN_FILE")) == NULL)
-		return 0;
+	hushfile = getdef_str ("HUSHLOGIN_FILE");
+	if (NULL == hushfile) {
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	pw = getpwnam (username);
+	if (NULL == pw) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * If this is not a fully rooted path then see if the
@@ -73,17 +82,19 @@ int hushed (const struct passwd *pw)
 
 	/*
 	 * If this is a fully rooted path then go through the file
-	 * and see if this user is in there.
+	 * and see if this user, or its shell is in there.
 	 */
 
-	if ((fp = fopen (hushfile, "r")) == NULL)
-		return 0;
-
-	for (found = 0; !found && fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp);) {
+	fp = fopen (hushfile, "r");
+	if (NULL == fp) {
+		return false;
+	}
+	for (found = false; !found && (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf);) {
 		buf[strlen (buf) - 1] = '\0';
-		found = !strcmp (buf,
-				 buf[0] == '/' ? pw->pw_shell : pw->pw_name);
+		found = (strcmp (buf, pw->pw_shell) == 0) ||
+		        (strcmp (buf, pw->pw_name) == 0);
 	}
 	(void) fclose (fp);
 	return found;
 }
+

libmisc/isexpired.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -50,15 +51,23 @@
  *
  *	isexpired calculates the expiration date based on the
  *	password expiration criteria.
+ *
+ * Return value:
+ *	0: The password is still valid
+ *	1: The password has expired, it must be changed
+ *	2: The password has expired since a long time and the account is
+ *	   now disabled. (password cannot be changed)
+ *	3: The account has expired
  */
- /*ARGSUSED*/ int isexpired (const struct passwd *pw, const struct spwd *sp)
+int isexpired (const struct passwd *pw, /*@null@*/const struct spwd *sp)
 {
 	long now;
 
-	now = time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
+	now = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
 
-	if (!sp)
-		sp = pwd_to_spwd (pw);
+	if (NULL == sp) {
+		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Quick and easy - there is an expired account field
@@ -66,8 +75,9 @@
 	 * one first since it is worse.
 	 */
 
-	if (sp->sp_expire > 0 && now >= sp->sp_expire)
+	if ((sp->sp_expire > 0) && (now >= sp->sp_expire)) {
 		return 3;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Last changed date 1970-01-01 (not very likely) means that
@@ -77,12 +87,17 @@
 	 * if /etc/shadow doesn't exist, getspnam() still succeeds and
 	 * returns sp_lstchg==0 (must change password) instead of -1!
 	 */
-	if (sp->sp_lstchg == 0 && !strcmp (pw->pw_passwd, SHADOW_PASSWD_STRING))
+	if (   (0 == sp->sp_lstchg)
+	    && (strcmp (pw->pw_passwd, SHADOW_PASSWD_STRING) == 0)) {
 		return 1;
+	}
 
-	if (sp->sp_lstchg > 0 && sp->sp_max >= 0 && sp->sp_inact >= 0 &&
-	    now >= sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max + sp->sp_inact)
+	if (   (sp->sp_lstchg > 0)
+	    && (sp->sp_max >= 0)
+	    && (sp->sp_inact >= 0)
+	    && (now >= (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max + sp->sp_inact))) {
 		return 2;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * The last and max fields must be present for an account
@@ -90,9 +105,11 @@
 	 * is considered to be infinite.
 	 */
 
-	if (sp->sp_lstchg == -1 ||
-	    sp->sp_max == -1 || sp->sp_max >= (10000L * DAY / SCALE))
+	if (   (-1 == sp->sp_lstchg)
+	    || (-1 == sp->sp_max)
+	    || (sp->sp_max >= (10000L * DAY / SCALE))) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Calculate today's day and the day on which the password
@@ -100,7 +117,9 @@
 	 * the password has expired.
 	 */
 
-	if (now >= sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max)
+	if (now >= (sp->sp_lstchg + sp->sp_max)) {
 		return 1;
+	}
 	return 0;
 }
+

libmisc/limits.c

@@ -65,49 +65,53 @@
  *	multiplier - value*multiplier is the actual limit
  */
 static int
-setrlimit_value (unsigned int rlimit, const char *value,
+setrlimit_value (unsigned int resource, const char *value,
 		 unsigned int multiplier)
 {
 	struct rlimit rlim;
 	long limit;
-	char **endptr = (char **) &value;
-	const char *value_orig = value;
 
-	limit = strtol (value, endptr, 10);
-	if (limit == 0 && value_orig == *endptr)	/* no chars read */
+	if (getlong (value, &limit) == 0) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 	limit *= multiplier;
-	rlim.rlim_cur = limit;
-	rlim.rlim_max = limit;
-	if (setrlimit (rlimit, &rlim))
+	if (limit != (rlim_t) limit) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	rlim.rlim_cur = (rlim_t) limit;
+	rlim.rlim_max = (rlim_t) limit;
+	if (setrlimit (resource, &rlim) != 0) {
 		return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
+	}
 	return 0;
 }
 
 
 static int set_prio (const char *value)
 {
-	int prio;
-	char **endptr = (char **) &value;
+	long prio;
 
-	prio = strtol (value, endptr, 10);
-	if ((prio == 0) && (value == *endptr))
+	if (   (getlong (value, &prio) == 0)
+	    || (prio != (int) prio)) {
 		return 0;
-	if (setpriority (PRIO_PROCESS, 0, prio))
+	}
+	if (setpriority (PRIO_PROCESS, 0, (int) prio) != 0) {
 		return LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
+	}
 	return 0;
 }
 
 
 static int set_umask (const char *value)
 {
-	mode_t mask;
-	char **endptr = (char **) &value;
+	unsigned long int mask;
 
-	mask = strtol (value, endptr, 8) & 0777;
-	if ((mask == 0) && (value == *endptr))
+	if (   (getulong (value, &mask) == 0)
+	    || (mask != (mode_t) mask)) {
 		return 0;
-	umask (mask);
+	}
+
+	(void) umask ((mode_t) mask);
 	return 0;
 }
 
@@ -115,46 +119,49 @@ static int set_umask (const char *value)
 /* Counts the number of user logins and check against the limit */
 static int check_logins (const char *name, const char *maxlogins)
 {
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
 	struct utmpx *ut;
-#else
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
 	struct utmp *ut;
-#endif
-	unsigned int limit, count;
-	char **endptr = (char **) &maxlogins;
-	const char *ml_orig = maxlogins;
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	unsigned long limit, count;
 
-	limit = strtol (maxlogins, endptr, 10);
-	if (limit == 0 && ml_orig == *endptr)	/* no chars read */
+	if (getulong (maxlogins, &limit) == 0) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
-	if (limit == 0) {	/* maximum 0 logins ? */
+	if (0 == limit) {	/* maximum 0 logins ? */
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "No logins allowed for `%s'\n", name));
 		return LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN;
 	}
 
 	count = 0;
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
 	setutxent ();
 	while ((ut = getutxent ())) {
-#else
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
 	setutent ();
 	while ((ut = getutent ())) {
-#endif
-		if (ut->ut_type != USER_PROCESS)
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+		if (USER_PROCESS != ut->ut_type) {
 			continue;
-		if (ut->ut_user[0] == '\0')
+		}
+		if ('\0' == ut->ut_user[0]) {
 			continue;
-		if (strncmp (name, ut->ut_user, sizeof (ut->ut_user)) != 0)
+		}
+		if (strncmp (name, ut->ut_user, sizeof (ut->ut_user)) != 0) {
 			continue;
-		if (++count > limit)
+		}
+		count++;
+		if (count > limit) {
 			break;
+		}
 	}
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
 	endutxent ();
-#else
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
 	endutent ();
-#endif
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
 	/*
 	 * This is called after setutmp(), so the number of logins counted
 	 * includes the user who is currently trying to log in.
@@ -203,10 +210,11 @@ static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
 {
 	const char *pp;
 	int retval = 0;
+	bool reported = false;
 
 	pp = buf;
 
-	while (*pp != '\0')
+	while ('\0' != *pp) {
 		switch (*pp++) {
 #ifdef RLIMIT_AS
 		case 'a':
@@ -298,14 +306,24 @@ static int do_user_limits (const char *buf, const char *name)
 			break;
 		case 'l':
 		case 'L':
-			/* LIMIT the number of concurent logins */
+			/* LIMIT the number of concurrent logins */
 			retval |= check_logins (name, pp);
 			break;
 		case 'p':
 		case 'P':
 			retval |= set_prio (pp);
 			break;
+		default:
+			/* Only report invalid strings once */
+			if (!reported) {
+				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+				         "Invalid limit string: '%s'",
+				         pp-1));
+				reported = true;
+				retval |= LOGIN_ERROR_RLIMIT;
+			}
 		}
+	}
 	return retval;
 }
 
@@ -336,8 +354,9 @@ static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
 	 * - username must start on first column
 	 * A better (smarter) checking should be done --cristiang */
 	while (fgets (buf, 1024, fil) != NULL) {
-		if (buf[0] == '#' || buf[0] == '\n')
+		if (('#' == buf[0]) || ('\n' == buf[0])) {
 			continue;
+		}
 		memzero (tempbuf, sizeof (tempbuf));
 		/* a valid line should have a username, then spaces,
 		 * then limits
@@ -357,11 +376,12 @@ static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
 			}
 		}
 	}
-	fclose (fil);
+	(void) fclose (fil);
 	if (limits[0] == '\0') {
 		/* no user specific limits */
-		if (deflimits[0] == '\0')	/* no default limits */
+		if (deflimits[0] == '\0') {	/* no default limits */
 			return 0;
+		}
 		strcpy (limits, deflimits);	/* use the default limits */
 	}
 	return do_user_limits (limits, uname);
@@ -372,19 +392,21 @@ static int setup_user_limits (const char *uname)
 static void setup_usergroups (const struct passwd *info)
 {
 	const struct group *grp;
-	mode_t oldmask;
+	mode_t tmpmask;
 
 /*
  *	if not root, and UID == GID, and username is the same as primary
  *	group name, set umask group bits to be the same as owner bits
  *	(examples: 022 -> 002, 077 -> 007).
  */
-	if (info->pw_uid != 0 && info->pw_uid == info->pw_gid) {
+	if ((0 != info->pw_uid) && (info->pw_uid == info->pw_gid)) {
 		/* local, no need for xgetgrgid */
 		grp = getgrgid (info->pw_gid);
-		if (grp && (strcmp (info->pw_name, grp->gr_name) == 0)) {
-			oldmask = umask (0777);
-			umask ((oldmask & ~070) | ((oldmask >> 3) & 070));
+		if (   (NULL != grp)
+		    && (strcmp (info->pw_name, grp->gr_name) == 0)) {
+			tmpmask = umask (0777);
+			tmpmask = (tmpmask & ~070) | ((tmpmask >> 3) & 070);
+			(void) umask (tmpmask);
 		}
 	}
 }
@@ -396,11 +418,10 @@ static void setup_usergroups (const struct passwd *info)
 void setup_limits (const struct passwd *info)
 {
 	char *cp;
-	int i;
-	long l;
 
-	if (getdef_bool ("USERGROUPS_ENAB"))
+	if (getdef_bool ("USERGROUPS_ENAB")) {
 		setup_usergroups (info);
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * See if the GECOS field contains values for NICE, UMASK or ULIMIT.
@@ -410,33 +431,59 @@ void setup_limits (const struct passwd *info)
 
 	if (getdef_bool ("QUOTAS_ENAB")) {
 #ifdef LIMITS
-		if (info->pw_uid != 0)
+		if (info->pw_uid != 0) {
 			if (setup_user_limits (info->pw_name) &
 			    LOGIN_ERROR_LOGIN) {
-				fputs (_("Too many logins.\n"), stderr);
-				sleep (2);
-				exit (1);
+				(void) fputs (_("Too many logins.\n"), stderr);
+				(void) sleep (2); /* XXX: Should be FAIL_DELAY */
+				exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 			}
+		}
 #endif
 		for (cp = info->pw_gecos; cp != NULL; cp = strchr (cp, ',')) {
-			if (*cp == ',')
+			if (',' == *cp) {
 				cp++;
+			}
 
 			if (strncmp (cp, "pri=", 4) == 0) {
-				i = atoi (cp + 4);
-				if (i >= -20 && i <= 20)
-					(void) nice (i);
+				long int inc;
+				if (   (getlong (cp + 4, &inc) == 1)
+				    && (inc >= -20) && (inc <= 20)) {
+					errno = 0;
+					if (   (nice ((int) inc) != -1)
+					    || (0 != errno)) {
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/* Failed to parse or failed to nice() */
+				SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+				         "Can't set the nice value for user %s",
+				         info->pw_name));
 
 				continue;
 			}
 			if (strncmp (cp, "ulimit=", 7) == 0) {
-				l = strtol (cp + 7, (char **) 0, 10);
-				set_filesize_limit (l);
+				long int blocks;
+				if (   (getlong (cp + 7, &blocks) == 0)
+				    || (blocks != (int) blocks)
+				    || (set_filesize_limit ((int) blocks) != 0)) {
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+					         "Can't set the ulimit for user %s",
+					         info->pw_name));
+				}
 				continue;
 			}
 			if (strncmp (cp, "umask=", 6) == 0) {
-				i = strtol (cp + 6, (char **) 0, 8) & 0777;
-				(void) umask (i);
+				unsigned long int mask;
+				if (   (getulong (cp + 6, &mask) == 0)
+				    || (mask != (mode_t) mask)) {
+					SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+					         "Can't set umask value for user %s",
+					         info->pw_name));
+				} else {
+					(void) umask ((mode_t) mask);
+				}
 
 				continue;
 			}

libmisc/list.c

@@ -29,13 +29,11 @@
  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 
-/* Removed duplicated code from gpmain.c, useradd.c, userdel.c and
-   usermod.c.  --marekm */
-
 #include <config.h>
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
+#include <assert.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
 /*
@@ -45,11 +43,14 @@
  *	name, and if not present it is added to a freshly allocated
  *	list of users.
  */
-char **add_list (char **list, const char *member)
+/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **add_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **list, const char *member)
 {
 	int i;
 	char **tmp;
 
+	assert (NULL != member);
+	assert (NULL != list);
+
 	/*
 	 * Scan the list for the new name.  Return the original list
 	 * pointer if it is present.
@@ -92,11 +93,14 @@ char **add_list (char **list, const char *member)
  *	list of users.
  */
 
-char **del_list (char **list, const char *member)
+/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **del_list (/*@returned@*/ /*@only@*/char **list, const char *member)
 {
 	int i, j;
 	char **tmp;
 
+	assert (NULL != member);
+	assert (NULL != list);
+
 	/*
 	 * Scan the list for the old name.  Return the original list
 	 * pointer if it is not present.
@@ -137,17 +141,19 @@ char **del_list (char **list, const char *member)
 	return tmp;
 }
 
-char **dup_list (char *const *list)
+/*@only@*/ /*@out@*/char **dup_list (char *const *list)
 {
 	int i;
 	char **tmp;
 
-	for (i = 0; list[i]; i++);
+	assert (NULL != list);
+
+	for (i = 0; NULL != list[i]; i++);
 
 	tmp = (char **) xmalloc ((i + 1) * sizeof (char *));
 
 	i = 0;
-	while (*list) {
+	while (NULL != *list) {
 		tmp[i] = xstrdup (*list);
 		i++;
 		list++;
@@ -157,27 +163,34 @@ char **dup_list (char *const *list)
 	return tmp;
 }
 
-int is_on_list (char *const *list, const char *member)
+bool is_on_list (char *const *list, const char *member)
 {
-	while (*list) {
+	assert (NULL != member);
+	assert (NULL != list);
+
+	while (NULL != *list) {
 		if (strcmp (*list, member) == 0) {
-			return 1;
+			return true;
 		}
 		list++;
 	}
-	return 0;
+
+	return false;
 }
 
 /*
  * comma_to_list - convert comma-separated list to (char *) array
  */
 
-char **comma_to_list (const char *comma)
+/*@only@*/char **comma_to_list (const char *comma)
 {
 	char *members;
 	char **array;
 	int i;
-	char *cp, *cp2;
+	const char *cp;
+	char *cp2;
+
+	assert (NULL != comma);
 
 	/*
 	 * Make a copy since we are going to be modifying the list

libmisc/log.c

@@ -49,9 +49,11 @@
  *	UID is extracted from the global (struct passwd) entry and the
  *	TTY information is gotten from the (struct utmp).
  */
-void
-dolastlog (struct lastlog *ll, const struct passwd *pw, const char *line,
-	   const char *host)
+void dolastlog (
+	struct lastlog *ll,
+	const struct passwd *pw,
+	/*@unique@*/const char *line,
+	/*@unique@*/const char *host)
 {
 	int fd;
 	off_t offset;
@@ -62,18 +64,23 @@ dolastlog (struct lastlog *ll, const struct passwd *pw, const char *line,
 	 * If the file does not exist, don't create it.
 	 */
 
-	if ((fd = open (LASTLOG_FILE, O_RDWR)) == -1)
+	fd = open (LASTLOG_FILE, O_RDWR);
+	if (-1 == fd) {
 		return;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * The file is indexed by UID number.  Seek to the record
 	 * for this UID.  Negative UID's will create problems, but ...
 	 */
 
-	offset = (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid * sizeof newlog;
+	offset = (off_t) pw->pw_uid * sizeof newlog;
 
 	if (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) != offset) {
-		close (fd);
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't read last lastlog entry for UID %lu in %s. Entry not updated.",
+		         (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid, LASTLOG_FILE));
+		(void) close (fd);
 		return;
 	}
 
@@ -83,19 +90,27 @@ dolastlog (struct lastlog *ll, const struct passwd *pw, const char *line,
 	 * the way we read the old one in.
 	 */
 
-	if (read (fd, (char *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != sizeof newlog)
+	if (read (fd, (void *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != (ssize_t) sizeof newlog) {
 		memzero (&newlog, sizeof newlog);
-	if (ll)
+	}
+	if (NULL != ll) {
 		*ll = newlog;
+	}
 
 	ll_time = newlog.ll_time;
-	time (&ll_time);
+	(void) time (&ll_time);
 	newlog.ll_time = ll_time;
 	strncpy (newlog.ll_line, line, sizeof newlog.ll_line);
 #if HAVE_LL_HOST
 	strncpy (newlog.ll_host, host, sizeof newlog.ll_host);
 #endif
-	if (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) == offset)
-		write (fd, (char *) &newlog, sizeof newlog);
-	close (fd);
+	if (   (lseek (fd, offset, SEEK_SET) != offset)
+	    || (write (fd, (const void *) &newlog, sizeof newlog) != (ssize_t) sizeof newlog)
+	    || (close (fd) != 0)) {
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN,
+		         "Can't write lastlog entry for UID %lu in %s.",
+		         (unsigned long) pw->pw_uid, LASTLOG_FILE));
+		(void) close (fd);
+	}
 }
+

libmisc/loginprompt.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
+#include <assert.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <signal.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
@@ -43,7 +44,7 @@
 
 static void login_exit (unused int sig)
 {
-	exit (1);
+	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -86,17 +87,21 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 	 * be displayed and display it before the prompt.
 	 */
 
-	if (prompt) {
+	if (NULL != prompt) {
 		cp = getdef_str ("ISSUE_FILE");
-		if (cp && (fp = fopen (cp, "r"))) {
-			while ((i = getc (fp)) != EOF)
-				putc (i, stdout);
+		if (NULL != cp) {
+			fp = fopen (cp, "r");
+			if (NULL != fp) {
+				while ((i = getc (fp)) != EOF) {
+					(void) putc (i, stdout);
+				}
 
-			fclose (fp);
+				(void) fclose (fp);
+			}
 		}
 		gethostname (buf, sizeof buf);
 		printf (prompt, buf);
-		fflush (stdout);
+		(void) fflush (stdout);
 	}
 
 	/* 
@@ -105,12 +110,14 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 	 */
 
 	memzero (buf, sizeof buf);
-	if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, stdin) != buf)
-		exit (1);
+	if (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, stdin) != buf) {
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
 
 	cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
-	if (!cp)
-		exit (1);
+	if (NULL == cp) {
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
 	*cp = '\0';		/* remove \n [ must be there ] */
 
 	/*
@@ -122,11 +129,13 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 	for (cp = buf; *cp == ' ' || *cp == '\t'; cp++);
 
 	for (i = 0; i < namesize - 1 && isgraph (*cp); name[i++] = *cp++);
-	while (isgraph (*cp))
+	while (isgraph (*cp)) {
 		cp++;
+	}
 
-	if (*cp)
+	if ('\0' != *cp) {
 		cp++;
+	}
 
 	name[i] = '\0';
 
@@ -136,19 +145,23 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 	 * to do this, and I just take the easy way out.
 	 */
 
-	if (*cp != '\0') {	/* process new variables */
+	if ('\0' != *cp) {	/* process new variables */
 		char *nvar;
 		int count = 1;
 
 		for (envc = 0; envc < MAX_ENV; envc++) {
-			nvar = strtok (envc ? (char *) 0 : cp, " \t,");
-			if (!nvar)
+			nvar = strtok ((0 != envc) ? (char *) 0 : cp, " \t,");
+			if (NULL == nvar) {
 				break;
-			if (strchr (nvar, '=')) {
+			}
+			if (strchr (nvar, '=') != NULL) {
 				envp[envc] = nvar;
 			} else {
-				envp[envc] = xmalloc (strlen (nvar) + 32);
-				sprintf (envp[envc], "L%d=%s", count++, nvar);
+				size_t len = strlen (nvar) + 32;
+				int wlen;
+				envp[envc] = xmalloc (len);
+				wlen = snprintf (envp[envc], len, "L%d=%s", count++, nvar);
+				assert (wlen == (int) len -1);
 			}
 		}
 		set_env (envc, envp);
@@ -158,8 +171,9 @@ void login_prompt (const char *prompt, char *name, int namesize)
 	 * Set the SIGQUIT handler back to its original value
 	 */
 
-	signal (SIGQUIT, sigquit);
+	(void) signal (SIGQUIT, sigquit);
 #ifdef	SIGTSTP
-	signal (SIGTSTP, sigtstp);
+	(void) signal (SIGTSTP, sigtstp);
 #endif
 }
+

libmisc/mail.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -32,6 +33,7 @@
 #include <config.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
+#include <assert.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -46,34 +48,45 @@ void mailcheck (void)
 	struct stat statbuf;
 	char *mailbox;
 
-	if (!getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB"))
+	if (!getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB")) {
 		return;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Check incoming mail in Maildir format - J.
 	 */
-	if ((mailbox = getenv ("MAILDIR"))) {
+	mailbox = getenv ("MAILDIR");
+	if (NULL != mailbox) {
 		char *newmail;
+		size_t len = strlen (mailbox) + 5;
+		int wlen;
+
+		newmail = xmalloc (len);
+		wlen = snprintf (newmail, len, "%s/new", mailbox);
+		assert (wlen == (int) len - 1);
 
-		newmail = xmalloc (strlen (mailbox) + 5);
-		sprintf (newmail, "%s/new", mailbox);
 		if (stat (newmail, &statbuf) != -1 && statbuf.st_size != 0) {
 			if (statbuf.st_mtime > statbuf.st_atime) {
 				free (newmail);
-				puts (_("You have new mail."));
+				(void) puts (_("You have new mail."));
 				return;
 			}
 		}
 		free (newmail);
 	}
 
-	if (!(mailbox = getenv ("MAIL")))
+	mailbox = getenv ("MAIL");
+	if (NULL == mailbox) {
 		return;
+	}
 
-	if (stat (mailbox, &statbuf) == -1 || statbuf.st_size == 0)
-		puts (_("No mail."));
-	else if (statbuf.st_atime > statbuf.st_mtime)
-		puts (_("You have mail."));
-	else
-		puts (_("You have new mail."));
+	if (   (stat (mailbox, &statbuf) == -1)
+	    || (statbuf.st_size == 0)) {
+		(void) puts (_("No mail."));
+	} else if (statbuf.st_atime > statbuf.st_mtime) {
+		(void) puts (_("You have mail."));
+	} else {
+		(void) puts (_("You have new mail."));
+	}
 }
+

libmisc/myname.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
-struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void)
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void)
 {
 	struct passwd *pw;
 	const char *cp = getlogin ();
@@ -57,8 +57,12 @@ struct passwd *get_my_pwent (void)
 	 * XXX - when running from su, will return the current user (not
 	 * the original user, like getlogin() does).  Does this matter?
 	 */
-	if (cp && *cp && (pw = xgetpwnam (cp)) && pw->pw_uid == ruid)
-		return pw;
+	if ((NULL != cp) && ('\0' != *cp)) {
+		pw = xgetpwnam (cp);
+		if ((NULL != pw) && (pw->pw_uid == ruid)) {
+			return pw;
+		}
+	}
 
 	return xgetpwuid (ruid);
 }

libmisc/obscure.c

@@ -50,24 +50,26 @@
 /*
  * can't be a palindrome - like `R A D A R' or `M A D A M'
  */
-static int palindrome (unused const char *old, const char *new)
+static bool palindrome (unused const char *old, const char *new)
 {
-	int i, j;
+	size_t i, j;
 
 	i = strlen (new);
 
-	for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
-		if (new[i - j - 1] != new[j])
-			return 0;
+	for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
+		if (new[i - j - 1] != new[j]) {
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
 
-	return 1;
+	return true;
 }
 
 /*
  * more than half of the characters are different ones.
  */
 
-static int similar (const char *old, const char *new)
+static bool similar (const char *old, const char *new)
 {
 	int i, j;
 
@@ -77,17 +79,21 @@ static int similar (const char *old, const char *new)
 	 * the new password is long enough.  Please feel free to suggest
 	 * something better...  --marekm
 	 */
-	if (strlen (new) >= 8)
-		return 0;
+	if (strlen (new) >= 8) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
-	for (i = j = 0; new[i] && old[i]; i++)
-		if (strchr (new, old[i]))
+	for (i = j = 0; ('\0' != new[i]) && ('\0' != old[i]); i++) {
+		if (strchr (new, old[i]) != NULL) {
 			j++;
+		}
+	}
 
-	if (i >= j * 2)
-		return 0;
+	if (i >= j * 2) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
-	return 1;
+	return true;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -96,22 +102,23 @@ static int similar (const char *old, const char *new)
 
 static int simple (unused const char *old, const char *new)
 {
-	int digits = 0;
-	int uppers = 0;
-	int lowers = 0;
-	int others = 0;
+	bool digits = false;
+	bool uppers = false;
+	bool lowers = false;
+	bool others = false;
 	int size;
 	int i;
 
-	for (i = 0; new[i]; i++) {
-		if (isdigit (new[i]))
-			digits++;
-		else if (isupper (new[i]))
-			uppers++;
-		else if (islower (new[i]))
-			lowers++;
-		else
-			others++;
+	for (i = 0; '\0' != new[i]; i++) {
+		if (isdigit (new[i])) {
+			digits = true;
+		} else if (isupper (new[i])) {
+			uppers = true;
+		} else if (islower (new[i])) {
+			lowers = true;
+		} else {
+			others = true;
+		}
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -120,27 +127,33 @@ static int simple (unused const char *old, const char *new)
 	 */
 
 	size = 9;
-	if (digits)
+	if (digits) {
 		size--;
-	if (uppers)
+	}
+	if (uppers) {
 		size--;
-	if (lowers)
+	}
+	if (lowers) {
 		size--;
-	if (others)
+	}
+	if (others) {
 		size--;
+	}
 
-	if (size <= i)
-		return 0;
+	if (size <= i) {
+		return false;
+	}
 
-	return 1;
+	return true;
 }
 
 static char *str_lower (char *string)
 {
 	char *cp;
 
-	for (cp = string; *cp; cp++)
+	for (cp = string; '\0' != *cp; cp++) {
 		*cp = tolower (*cp);
+	}
 	return string;
 }
 
@@ -160,8 +173,9 @@ static const char *password_check (const char *old, const char *new,
 #endif
 #endif
 
-	if (strcmp (new, old) == 0)
+	if (strcmp (new, old) == 0) {
 		return _("no change");
+	}
 
 	newmono = str_lower (xstrdup (new));
 	oldmono = str_lower (xstrdup (old));
@@ -169,33 +183,32 @@ static const char *password_check (const char *old, const char *new,
 	strcpy (wrapped, oldmono);
 	strcat (wrapped, oldmono);
 
-	if (palindrome (oldmono, newmono))
+	if (palindrome (oldmono, newmono)) {
 		msg = _("a palindrome");
-
-	if (!msg && strcmp (oldmono, newmono) == 0)
+	} else if (strcmp (oldmono, newmono) == 0) {
 		msg = _("case changes only");
-
-	if (!msg && similar (oldmono, newmono))
+	} else if (similar (oldmono, newmono)) {
 		msg = _("too similar");
-
-	if (!msg && simple (old, new))
+	} else if (simple (old, new)) {
 		msg = _("too simple");
-
-	if (!msg && strstr (wrapped, newmono))
+	} else if (strstr (wrapped, newmono) != NULL) {
 		msg = _("rotated");
-
+	} else {
 #ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK
-	/*
-	 * Invoke Alec Muffett's cracklib routines.
-	 */
+		/*
+		 * Invoke Alec Muffett's cracklib routines.
+		 */
 
-	if (!msg && (dictpath = getdef_str ("CRACKLIB_DICTPATH")))
+		dictpath = getdef_str ("CRACKLIB_DICTPATH");
+		if (NULL != dictpath) {
 #ifdef HAVE_LIBCRACK_PW
-		msg = FascistCheckPw (new, dictpath, pwdp);
+			msg = FascistCheckPw (new, dictpath, pwdp);
 #else
-		msg = FascistCheck (new, dictpath);
+			msg = FascistCheck (new, dictpath);
 #endif
+		}
 #endif
+	}
 	strzero (newmono);
 	strzero (oldmono);
 	strzero (wrapped);
@@ -206,11 +219,11 @@ static const char *password_check (const char *old, const char *new,
 	return msg;
 }
 
- /*ARGSUSED*/
-    static const char *obscure_msg (const char *old, const char *new,
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static const char *obscure_msg (const char *old, const char *new,
 				    const struct passwd *pwdp)
 {
-	int maxlen, oldlen, newlen;
+	size_t maxlen, oldlen, newlen;
 	char *new1, *old1;
 	const char *msg;
 	char *result;
@@ -218,50 +231,60 @@ static const char *password_check (const char *old, const char *new,
 	oldlen = strlen (old);
 	newlen = strlen (new);
 
-	if (newlen < getdef_num ("PASS_MIN_LEN", 0))
+	if (newlen < (size_t) getdef_num ("PASS_MIN_LEN", 0)) {
 		return _("too short");
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Remaining checks are optional.
 	 */
-	if (!getdef_bool ("OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB"))
+	if (!getdef_bool ("OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB")) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
 
 	msg = password_check (old, new, pwdp);
-	if (msg)
+	if (NULL != msg) {
 		return msg;
+	}
 
-	if ((result = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD")) == NULL) {
+	result = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD");
+	if (NULL == result) {
 	/* The traditional crypt() truncates passwords to 8 chars.  It is
 	   possible to circumvent the above checks by choosing an easy
 	   8-char password and adding some random characters to it...
 	   Example: "password$%^&*123".  So check it again, this time
 	   truncated to the maximum length.  Idea from npasswd.  --marekm */
 
-		if (getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB"))
+		if (getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB")) {
 			return NULL;
+		}
 
 	} else {
 
-		if (   !strcmp (result, "MD5")
+		if (   (strcmp (result, "MD5")    == 0)
 #ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-		    || !strcmp (result, "SHA256")
-		    || !strcmp (result, "SHA512")
+		    || (strcmp (result, "SHA256") == 0)
+		    || (strcmp (result, "SHA512") == 0)
 #endif
-		    )
+		    ) {
 			return NULL;
+		}
 
 	}
-	maxlen = getdef_num ("PASS_MAX_LEN", 8);
-	if (oldlen <= maxlen && newlen <= maxlen)
+	maxlen = (size_t) getdef_num ("PASS_MAX_LEN", 8);
+	if (   (oldlen <= maxlen)
+	    && (newlen <= maxlen)) {
 		return NULL;
+	}
 
 	new1 = xstrdup (new);
 	old1 = xstrdup (old);
-	if (newlen > maxlen)
+	if (newlen > maxlen) {
 		new1[maxlen] = '\0';
-	if (oldlen > maxlen)
+	}
+	if (oldlen > maxlen) {
 		old1[maxlen] = '\0';
+	}
 
 	msg = password_check (old1, new1, pwdp);
 
@@ -285,7 +308,7 @@ int obscure (const char *old, const char *new, const struct passwd *pwdp)
 {
 	const char *msg = obscure_msg (old, new, pwdp);
 
-	if (msg) {
+	if (NULL != msg) {
 		printf (_("Bad password: %s.  "), msg);
 		return 0;
 	}

libmisc/pam_pass.c

@@ -37,10 +37,7 @@
 
 
 /*
- * Change the user's password using PAM.  Requires libpam and libpam_misc
- * (for misc_conv).  Note: libpam_misc is probably Linux-PAM specific,
- * so you may have to port it if you want to use this code on non-Linux
- * systems with PAM (such as Solaris 2.6).  --marekm
+ * Change the user's password using PAM.
  */
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -50,7 +47,7 @@
 #include "pam_defs.h"
 #include "prototypes.h"
 
-void do_pam_passwd (const char *user, int silent, int change_expired)
+void do_pam_passwd (const char *user, bool silent, bool change_expired)
 {
 	pam_handle_t *pamh = NULL;
 	int flags = 0, ret;
@@ -76,7 +73,7 @@ void do_pam_passwd (const char *user, int silent, int change_expired)
 	}
 
 	fputs (_("passwd: password updated successfully\n"), stderr);
-	pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
+	(void) pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
 }
 #else				/* !USE_PAM */
 extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */

libmisc/pam_pass_non_interractive.c

@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c)        2009, Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id:$"
+
+#ifdef USE_PAM
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <security/pam_appl.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/static char *non_interactive_password = NULL;
+static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
+                    const struct pam_message **msg,
+                    struct pam_response **resp,
+                    unused void *appdata_ptr);
+static struct pam_conv non_interactive_pam_conv = {
+	ni_conv,
+	NULL
+};
+
+
+
+static int ni_conv (int num_msg,
+                    const struct pam_message **msg,
+                    struct pam_response **resp,
+                    unused void *appdata_ptr)
+{
+	struct pam_response *responses;
+	int count;
+
+	assert (NULL != non_interactive_password);
+
+	if (num_msg <= 0) {
+		return PAM_CONV_ERR;
+	}
+
+	responses = (struct pam_response *) calloc ((size_t) num_msg,
+	                                            sizeof (*responses));
+	if (NULL == responses) {
+		return PAM_CONV_ERR;
+	}
+
+	for (count=0; count < num_msg; count++) {
+		responses[count].resp_retcode = 0;
+
+		switch (msg[count]->msg_style) {
+		case PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_ON:
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			         _("%s: PAM modules requesting echoing are not supported.\n"),
+			         Prog);
+			goto failed_conversation;
+		case PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_OFF:
+			responses[count].resp = strdup (non_interactive_password);
+			if (NULL == responses[count].resp) {
+				goto failed_conversation;
+			}
+			break;
+		case PAM_ERROR_MSG:
+			if (   (NULL == msg[count]->msg)
+			    || (fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", msg[count]->msg) <0)) {
+				goto failed_conversation;
+			}
+			responses[count].resp = NULL;
+			break;
+		case PAM_TEXT_INFO:
+			if (   (NULL == msg[count]->msg)
+			    || (fprintf (stdout, "%s\n", msg[count]->msg) <0)) {
+				goto failed_conversation;
+			}
+			responses[count].resp = NULL;
+			break;
+		default:
+			(void) fprintf (stderr,
+			                _("%s: conversation type %d not supported.\n"),
+			                Prog, msg[count]->msg_style);
+			goto failed_conversation;
+		}
+	}
+
+	*resp = responses;
+
+	return PAM_SUCCESS;
+
+failed_conversation:
+	for (count=0; count < num_msg; count++) {
+		if (NULL != responses[count].resp) {
+			memset (responses[count].resp, 0,
+			        strlen (responses[count].resp));
+			free (responses[count].resp);
+			responses[count].resp = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	free (responses);
+	*resp = NULL;
+
+	return PAM_CONV_ERR;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Change non interactively the user's password using PAM.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success, 1 on failure.
+ */
+int do_pam_passwd_non_interractive (const char *pam_service,
+                                    const char *username,
+                                    const char* password)
+{
+	pam_handle_t *pamh = NULL;
+	int ret;
+
+	ret = pam_start (pam_service, username, &non_interactive_pam_conv, &pamh);
+	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: (user %s) pam_start failure %d\n"),
+		         Prog, username, ret);
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	non_interactive_password = password;
+	ret = pam_chauthtok (pamh, 0);
+	if (ret != PAM_SUCCESS) {
+		fprintf (stderr,
+		         _("%s: (user %s) pam_chauthtok() failed, error:\n"
+		           "%s\n"),
+		         Prog, username, pam_strerror (pamh, ret));
+	}
+
+	(void) pam_end (pamh, PAM_SUCCESS);
+
+	return ((PAM_SUCCESS == ret) ? 0 : 1);
+}
+#else				/* !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */

libmisc/pwd2spwd.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
@@ -64,7 +66,12 @@ struct spwd *pwd_to_spwd (const struct passwd *pw)
 		 */
 		sp.sp_min = 0;
 		sp.sp_max = (10000L * DAY) / SCALE;
-		sp.sp_lstchg = time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
+		sp.sp_lstchg = (long) time ((time_t *) 0) / SCALE;
+		if (0 == sp.sp_lstchg) {
+			/* Better disable aging than requiring a password
+			 * change */
+			sp.sp_lstchg = -1;
+		}
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -74,7 +81,11 @@ struct spwd *pwd_to_spwd (const struct passwd *pw)
 	sp.sp_warn = -1;
 	sp.sp_expire = -1;
 	sp.sp_inact = -1;
-	sp.sp_flag = -1;
+	sp.sp_flag = SHADOW_SP_FLAG_UNSET;
 
 	return &sp;
 }
+#else				/* USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;	/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
+

libmisc/pwdcheck.c

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "pwauth.h"
 
-void passwd_check (const char *user, const char *passwd, const char *progname)
+void passwd_check (const char *user, const char *passwd, unused const char *progname)
 {
 	struct spwd *sp;
 
@@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ void passwd_check (const char *user, const char *passwd, const char *progname)
 	}
 	if (pw_auth (passwd, user, PW_LOGIN, (char *) 0) != 0) {
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, "incorrect password for `%s'", user));
-		sleep (1);
+		(void) sleep (1);
 		fprintf (stderr, _("Incorrect password for %s.\n"), user);
-		exit (1);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 }
 #else			/* USE_PAM */

libmisc/rlogin.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -110,26 +110,30 @@ static struct {
 	-1, -1}
 };
 
-static void get_remote_string (char *buf, int size)
+static void get_remote_string (char *buf, size_t size)
 {
 	for (;;) {
-		if (read (0, buf, 1) != 1)
-			exit (1);
-		if (*buf == '\0')
+		if (read (0, buf, 1) != 1) {
+			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+		if ('\0' == *buf) {
 			return;
-		if (--size > 0)
+		}
+		--size;
+		if (size > 0) {
 			++buf;
+		}
 	}
  /*NOTREACHED*/}
 
 int
-do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, int namelen, char *term,
-	   int termlen)
+do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, size_t namelen, char *term,
+           size_t termlen)
 {
 	struct passwd *pwd;
 	char remote_name[32];
 	char *cp;
-	int remote_speed = 9600;
+	unsigned long remote_speed = 9600;
 	int speed_name = B9600;
 	int i;
 	TERMIO termio;
@@ -138,17 +142,23 @@ do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, int namelen, char *term,
 	get_remote_string (name, namelen);
 	get_remote_string (term, termlen);
 
-	if ((cp = strchr (term, '/'))) {
-		*cp++ = '\0';
+	cp = strchr (term, '/');
+	if (NULL != cp) {
+		*cp = '\0';
+		cp++;
 
-		if (!(remote_speed = atoi (cp)))
+		if (getulong (cp, &remote_speed) == 0) {
 			remote_speed = 9600;
+		}
 	}
-	for (i = 0; speed_table[i].spd_baud != remote_speed &&
-	     speed_table[i].spd_name != -1; i++);
+	for (i = 0;
+	     (   (speed_table[i].spd_baud != remote_speed)
+	      && (speed_table[i].spd_name != -1));
+	     i++);
 
-	if (speed_table[i].spd_name != -1)
+	if (-1 != speed_table[i].spd_name) {
 		speed_name = speed_table[i].spd_name;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Put the terminal in cooked mode with echo turned on.
@@ -165,8 +175,10 @@ do_rlogin (const char *remote_host, char *name, int namelen, char *term,
 #endif
 	STTY (0, &termio);
 
-	if (!(pwd = getpwnam (name))) /* local, no need for xgetpwnam */
+	pwd = getpwnam (name); /* local, no need for xgetpwnam */
+	if (NULL == pwd) {
 		return 0;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * ruserok() returns 0 for success on modern systems, and 1 on

libmisc/salt.c

@@ -20,18 +20,15 @@
 #include "getdef.h"
 
 /* local function prototypes */
-#ifndef HAVE_L64A
-char *l64a(long value);
-#endif /* !HAVE_L64A */
 static void seedRNG (void);
-static char *gensalt (unsigned int salt_size);
+static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size);
 #ifdef USE_SHA_CRYPT
-static unsigned int SHA_salt_size (void);
-static const char *SHA_salt_rounds (int *prefered_rounds);
+static size_t SHA_salt_size (void);
+static /*@observer@*/const char *SHA_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/int *prefered_rounds);
 #endif /* USE_SHA_CRYPT */
 
 #ifndef HAVE_L64A
-static char *l64a(long value)
+static /*@observer@*/char *l64a(long value)
 {
 	static char buf[8];
 	char *s = buf;
@@ -46,14 +43,15 @@ static char *l64a(long value)
 	for (i = 0; value != 0 && i < 6; i++) {
 		digit = value & 0x3f;
 
-		if (digit < 2)
+		if (digit < 2) {
 			*s = digit + '.';
-		else if (digit < 12)
+		} else if (digit < 12) {
 			*s = digit + '0' - 2;
-		else if (digit < 38)
+		} else if (digit < 38) {
 			*s = digit + 'A' - 12;
-		else
+		} else {
 			*s = digit + 'a' - 38;
+		}
 
 		value >>= 6;
 		s++;
@@ -71,8 +69,8 @@ static void seedRNG (void)
 	static int seeded = 0;
 
 	if (0 == seeded) {
-		gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
-		srandom (tv.tv_sec + tv.tv_usec);
+		(void) gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+		srandom (tv.tv_sec ^ tv.tv_usec ^ getpid ());
 		seeded = 1;
 	}
 }
@@ -88,18 +86,14 @@ static void seedRNG (void)
  * The size of the salt string is between 8 and 16 bytes for the SHA crypt
  * methods.
  */
-static unsigned int SHA_salt_size (void)
+static size_t SHA_salt_size (void)
 {
 	double rand_size;
 	seedRNG ();
 	rand_size = (double) 9.0 * random () / RAND_MAX;
-	return 8 + rand_size;
+	return (size_t) (8 + rand_size);
 }
 
-/* ! Arguments evaluated twice ! */
-#define MAX(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
-#define MIN(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
-
 /* Default number of rounds if not explicitly specified.  */
 #define ROUNDS_DEFAULT 5000
 /* Minimum number of rounds.  */
@@ -110,7 +104,7 @@ static unsigned int SHA_salt_size (void)
 /*
  * Return a salt prefix specifying the rounds number for the SHA crypt methods.
  */
-static const char *SHA_salt_rounds (int *prefered_rounds)
+static /*@observer@*/const char *SHA_salt_rounds (/*@null@*/int *prefered_rounds)
 {
 	static char rounds_prefix[18];
 	long rounds;
@@ -120,41 +114,49 @@ static const char *SHA_salt_rounds (int *prefered_rounds)
 		long max_rounds = getdef_long ("SHA_CRYPT_MAX_ROUNDS", -1);
 		double rand_rounds;
 
-		if (-1 == min_rounds && -1 == max_rounds)
+		if ((-1 == min_rounds) && (-1 == max_rounds)) {
 			return "";
+		}
 
-		if (-1 == min_rounds)
+		if (-1 == min_rounds) {
 			min_rounds = max_rounds;
+		}
 
-		if (-1 == max_rounds)
+		if (-1 == max_rounds) {
 			max_rounds = min_rounds;
+		}
 
-		if (min_rounds > max_rounds)
+		if (min_rounds > max_rounds) {
 			max_rounds = min_rounds;
+		}
 
 		seedRNG ();
 		rand_rounds = (double) (max_rounds-min_rounds+1.0) * random ();
 		rand_rounds /= RAND_MAX;
 		rounds = min_rounds + rand_rounds;
-	} else if (0 == *prefered_rounds)
+	} else if (0 == *prefered_rounds) {
 		return "";
-	else
+	} else {
 		rounds = *prefered_rounds;
+	}
 
 	/* Sanity checks. The libc should also check this, but this
 	 * protects against a rounds_prefix overflow. */
-	if (rounds < ROUNDS_MIN)
+	if (rounds < ROUNDS_MIN) {
 		rounds = ROUNDS_MIN;
+	}
 
-	if (rounds > ROUNDS_MAX)
+	if (rounds > ROUNDS_MAX) {
 		rounds = ROUNDS_MAX;
+	}
 
 	snprintf (rounds_prefix, 18, "rounds=%ld$", rounds);
 
 	/* Sanity checks. That should not be necessary. */
 	rounds_prefix[17] = '\0';
-	if ('$' != rounds_prefix[16])
+	if ('$' != rounds_prefix[16]) {
 		rounds_prefix[17] = '$';
+	}
 
 	return rounds_prefix;
 }
@@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ static const char *SHA_salt_rounds (int *prefered_rounds)
 #define MAX_SALT_SIZE 16
 #define MIN_SALT_SIZE 8
 
-static char *gensalt (unsigned int salt_size)
+static /*@observer@*/const char *gensalt (size_t salt_size)
 {
 	static char salt[32];
 
@@ -179,6 +181,7 @@ static char *gensalt (unsigned int salt_size)
 	do {
 		strcat (salt, l64a (random()));
 	} while (strlen (salt) < salt_size);
+
 	salt[salt_size] = '\0';
 
 	return salt;
@@ -199,7 +202,7 @@ static char *gensalt (unsigned int salt_size)
  *  * For the SHA256 and SHA512 method, this specifies the number of rounds
  *    (if not NULL).
  */
-char *crypt_make_salt (const char *meth, void *arg)
+/*@observer@*/const char *crypt_make_salt (/*@null@*/const char *meth, /*@null@*/void *arg)
 {
 	/* Max result size for the SHA methods:
 	 *  +3		$5$
@@ -216,8 +219,10 @@ char *crypt_make_salt (const char *meth, void *arg)
 	if (NULL != meth)
 		method = meth;
 	else {
-	if ((method = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD")) == NULL)
-		method = getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB") ? "MD5" : "DES";
+		method = getdef_str ("ENCRYPT_METHOD");
+		if (NULL == method) {
+			method = getdef_bool ("MD5_CRYPT_ENAB") ? "MD5" : "DES";
+		}
 	}
 
 	if (0 == strcmp (method, "MD5")) {

libmisc/setugid.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -39,14 +40,21 @@
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <grp.h>
+#include <errno.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include "getdef.h"
+
 /*
- * setup_uid_gid() split in two functions for PAM support -
- * pam_setcred() needs to be called after initgroups(), but
- * before setuid().
+ * setup_groups - set the group credentials
+ *	set the group ID to the value from the password file entry
+ *	set the supplementary group IDs
+ *
+ * In case of PAM enabled configurations, this shall be called before
+ * pam_setcred.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
  */
 int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info)
 {
@@ -55,9 +63,10 @@ int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info)
 	 * file.
 	 */
 	if (setgid (info->pw_gid) == -1) {
+		int err = errno;
 		perror ("setgid");
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad group ID `%d' for user `%s': %m\n",
-			 info->pw_gid, info->pw_name));
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad group ID `%d' for user `%s': %s\n",
+		         info->pw_gid, info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
 		closelog ();
 		return -1;
 	}
@@ -67,9 +76,10 @@ int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info)
 	 * the group set from the /etc/group file.
 	 */
 	if (initgroups (info->pw_name, info->pw_gid) == -1) {
+		int err = errno;
 		perror ("initgroups");
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "initgroups failed for user `%s': %m\n",
-			 info->pw_name));
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "initgroups failed for user `%s': %s\n",
+		         info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
 		closelog ();
 		return -1;
 	}
@@ -77,15 +87,21 @@ int setup_groups (const struct passwd *info)
 	return 0;
 }
 
+/*
+ * change_uid - Set the real UID
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
+ */
 int change_uid (const struct passwd *info)
 {
 	/*
 	 * Set the real UID to the UID value in the password file.
 	 */
-	if (setuid (info->pw_uid)) {
+	if (setuid (info->pw_uid) != 0) {
+		int err = errno;
 		perror ("setuid");
-		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad user ID `%d' for user `%s': %m\n",
-			 (int) info->pw_uid, info->pw_name));
+		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR, "bad user ID `%d' for user `%s': %s\n",
+		         (int) info->pw_uid, info->pw_name, strerror (err)));
 		closelog ();
 		return -1;
 	}
@@ -103,22 +119,30 @@ int change_uid (const struct passwd *info)
  *	Returns 0 on success, or -1 on failure.
  */
 
-int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info, int is_console)
+#if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! (defined USE_PAM)
+int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info, bool is_console)
+#else
+int setup_uid_gid (const struct passwd *info)
+#endif
 {
-	if (setup_groups (info) < 0)
+	if (setup_groups (info) < 0) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
-#ifdef HAVE_INITGROUPS
+#if defined (HAVE_INITGROUPS) && ! defined (USE_PAM)
 	if (is_console) {
 		char *cp = getdef_str ("CONSOLE_GROUPS");
 
-		if (cp && add_groups (cp))
+		if ((NULL != cp) && (add_groups (cp) != 0)) {
 			perror ("Warning: add_groups");
+		}
 	}
-#endif				/* HAVE_INITGROUPS */
+#endif				/* HAVE_INITGROUPS && !USE_PAM*/
 
-	if (change_uid (info) < 0)
+	if (change_uid (info) < 0) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
 	return 0;
 }
+

libmisc/setupenv.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
+#include <assert.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -52,9 +53,13 @@ static void
 addenv_path (const char *varname, const char *dirname, const char *filename)
 {
 	char *buf;
+	size_t len = strlen (dirname) + strlen (filename) + 2;
+	int wlen;
+
+	buf = xmalloc (len);
+	wlen = snprintf (buf, len, "%s/%s", dirname, filename);
+	assert (wlen == (int) len - 1);
 
-	buf = xmalloc (strlen (dirname) + strlen (filename) + 2);
-	sprintf (buf, "%s/%s", dirname, filename);
 	addenv (varname, buf);
 	free (buf);
 }
@@ -66,31 +71,38 @@ static void read_env_file (const char *filename)
 	char *cp, *name, *val;
 
 	fp = fopen (filename, "r");
-	if (!fp)
+	if (NULL == fp) {
 		return;
+	}
 	while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == buf) {
 		cp = strrchr (buf, '\n');
-		if (!cp)
+		if (NULL == cp) {
 			break;
+		}
 		*cp = '\0';
 
 		cp = buf;
 		/* ignore whitespace and comments */
-		while (*cp && isspace (*cp))
+		while (('\0' != *cp) && isspace (*cp)) {
 			cp++;
-		if (*cp == '\0' || *cp == '#')
+		}
+		if (('\0' == *cp) || ('#' == *cp)) {
 			continue;
+		}
 		/*
 		 * ignore lines which don't follow the name=value format
 		 * (for example, the "export NAME" shell commands)
 		 */
 		name = cp;
-		while (*cp && !isspace (*cp) && *cp != '=')
+		while (('\0' != *cp) && !isspace (*cp) && ('=' != *cp)) {
 			cp++;
-		if (*cp != '=')
+		}
+		if ('=' != *cp) {
 			continue;
+		}
 		/* NUL-terminate the name */
-		*cp++ = '\0';
+		*cp = '\0';
+		cp++;
 		val = cp;
 #if 0				/* XXX untested, and needs rewrite with fewer goto's :-) */
 /*
@@ -174,7 +186,7 @@ static void read_env_file (const char *filename)
 		 */
 		addenv (name, val);
 	}
-	fclose (fp);
+	(void) fclose (fp);
 }
 #endif				/* USE_PAM */
 
@@ -213,9 +225,9 @@ void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
 				 "unable to cd to `%s' for user `%s'\n",
 				 info->pw_dir, info->pw_name));
 			closelog ();
-			exit (1);
+			exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 		}
-		puts (_("No directory, logging in with HOME=/"));
+		(void) puts (_("No directory, logging in with HOME=/"));
 		info->pw_dir = temp_pw_dir;
 	}
 
@@ -229,8 +241,8 @@ void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
 	 * Create the SHELL environmental variable and export it.
 	 */
 
-	if (info->pw_shell == (char *) 0 || !*info->pw_shell) {
-		static char temp_pw_shell[] = "/bin/sh";
+	if ((NULL == info->pw_shell) || ('\0' == *info->pw_shell)) {
+		static char temp_pw_shell[] = SHELL;
 
 		info->pw_shell = temp_pw_shell;
 	}
@@ -251,7 +263,7 @@ void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
 
 	cp = getdef_str ((info->pw_uid == 0) ? "ENV_SUPATH" : "ENV_PATH");
 
-	if (!cp) {
+	if (NULL == cp) {
 		/* not specified, use a minimal default */
 		addenv ("PATH=/bin:/usr/bin", NULL);
 	} else if (strchr (cp, '=')) {
@@ -269,23 +281,30 @@ void setup_env (struct passwd *info)
 	 */
 
 	if (getdef_bool ("MAIL_CHECK_ENAB")) {
-		if ((cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_DIR")))
+		cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_DIR");
+		if (NULL != cp) {
 			addenv_path ("MAIL", cp, info->pw_name);
-		else if ((cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_FILE")))
-			addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, cp);
-		else {
+		} else {
+			cp = getdef_str ("MAIL_FILE");
+			if (NULL != cp) {
+				addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, cp);
+			} else {
 #if defined(MAIL_SPOOL_FILE)
-			addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, MAIL_SPOOL_FILE);
+				addenv_path ("MAIL", info->pw_dir, MAIL_SPOOL_FILE);
 #elif defined(MAIL_SPOOL_DIR)
-			addenv_path ("MAIL", MAIL_SPOOL_DIR, info->pw_name);
+				addenv_path ("MAIL", MAIL_SPOOL_DIR, info->pw_name);
 #endif
+			}
 		}
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Read environment from optional config file.  --marekm
 	 */
-	if ((envf = getdef_str ("ENVIRON_FILE")))
+	envf = getdef_str ("ENVIRON_FILE");
+	if (NULL != envf) {
 		read_env_file (envf);
+	}
 #endif				/* !USE_PAM */
 }
+

libmisc/shell.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1991, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1998, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2009       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -46,14 +47,11 @@ extern size_t newenvc;
  *	shell begins by trying to figure out what argv[0] is going to
  *	be for the named process.  The user may pass in that argument,
  *	or it will be the last pathname component of the file with a
- *	'-' prepended.  The first attempt is to just execute the named
- *	file.  If the errno comes back "ENOEXEC", the file is assumed
- *	at first glance to be a shell script.  The first two characters
- *	must be "#!", in which case "/bin/sh" is executed to process
- *	the file.  If all that fails, give up in disgust ...
+ *	'-' prepended.
+ *	Then, it executes the named file.
  */
 
-int shell (const char *file, const char *arg, char *const envp[])
+int shell (const char *file, /*@null@*/const char *arg, char *const envp[])
 {
 	char arg0[1024];
 	int err;
@@ -82,30 +80,14 @@ int shell (const char *file, const char *arg, char *const envp[])
 	execle (file, arg, (char *) 0, envp);
 	err = errno;
 
-	/* Linux handles #! in the kernel, and bash doesn't make
-	   sense of "#!" so it wouldn't work anyway...  --marekm */
-#ifndef __linux__
-	/*
-	 * It is perfectly OK to have a shell script for a login
-	 * shell, and this code attempts to support that.  It
-	 * relies on the standard shell being able to make sense
-	 * of the "#!" magic number.
-	 */
-	if (err == ENOEXEC) {
-		FILE *fp;
-
-		if ((fp = fopen (file, "r"))) {
-			if (getc (fp) == '#' && getc (fp) == '!') {
-				fclose (fp);
-				execle ("/bin/sh", "sh",
-					file, (char *) 0, envp);
-				err = errno;
-			} else {
-				fclose (fp);
-			}
-		}
+	if (access (file, R_OK|X_OK) == 0) {
+		/*
+		 * Assume this is a shell script (with no shebang).
+		 * Interpret it with /bin/sh
+		 */
+		execle (SHELL, "sh", "-", file, (char *)0, envp);
+		err = errno;
 	}
-#endif
 
 	/*
 	 * Obviously something is really wrong - I can't figure out
@@ -117,3 +99,4 @@ int shell (const char *file, const char *arg, char *const envp[])
 	perror (arg0);
 	return err;
 }
+

libmisc/strtoday.c

@@ -69,14 +69,16 @@ long strtoday (const char *str)
 	 * which is not what we expect, unless you're a BOFH :-).
 	 * (useradd sets sp_expire = current date for new lusers)
 	 */
-	if (!str || *str == '\0')
+	if ((NULL == str) || ('\0' == *str)) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
 	t = get_date (str, (time_t *) 0);
-	if (t == (time_t) - 1)
+	if ((time_t) - 1 == t) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 	/* convert seconds to days since 1970-01-01 */
-	return (t + DAY / 2) / DAY;
+	return (long) (t + DAY / 2) / DAY;
 }
 
 #else				/* !USE_GETDATE */
@@ -129,14 +131,16 @@ long strtoday (const char *str)
 	memzero (&tp, sizeof tp);
 	for (fmt = date_formats; *fmt; fmt++) {
 		cp = strptime ((char *) str, *fmt, &tp);
-		if (!cp || *cp != '\0')
+		if ((NULL == cp) || ('\0' != *cp)) {
 			continue;
+		}
 
 		result = mktime (&tp);
-		if (result == (time_t) - 1)
+		if ((time_t) - 1 == result) {
 			continue;
+		}
 
-		return result / DAY;	/* success */
+		return (long) (result / DAY);	/* success */
 	}
 	return -1;
 #else
@@ -151,8 +155,9 @@ long strtoday (const char *str)
 	 * is compiled in ...
 	 */
 
-	if (sscanf (str, "%d/%d/%d%c", &year, &month, &day, slop) != 3)
+	if (sscanf (str, "%d/%d/%d%c", &year, &month, &day, slop) != 3) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * the month, day of the month, and year are checked for
@@ -160,23 +165,28 @@ long strtoday (const char *str)
 	 * 1970 and 2069.
 	 */
 
-	if (month < 1 || month > 12)
+	if ((month < 1) || (month > 12)) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
-	if (day < 1)
+	if (day < 1) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
-	if ((month != 2 || (year % 4) != 0) && day > days[month])
+	if (   ((2 != month) || ((year % 4) != 0))
+	    && (day > days[month])) {
 		return -1;
-	else if ((month == 2 && (year % 4) == 0) && day > 29)
+	} else if ((month == 2) && ((year % 4) == 0) && (day > 29)) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
-	if (year < 0)
+	if (year < 0) {
 		return -1;
-	else if (year <= 69)
+	} else if (year <= 69) {
 		year += 2000;
-	else if (year <= 99)
+	} else if (year <= 99) {
 		year += 1900;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * On systems with 32-bit signed time_t, time wraps around in 2038
@@ -184,8 +194,9 @@ long strtoday (const char *str)
 	 * This limit can be removed once no one is using 32-bit systems
 	 * anymore :-).  --marekm
 	 */
-	if (year < 1970 || year > 2037)
+	if ((year < 1970) || (year > 2037)) {
 		return -1;
+	}
 
 	/*
 	 * the total number of days is the total number of days in all

libmisc/sub.c

@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ void subsystem (const struct passwd *pw)
 		printf (_("Invalid root directory '%s'\n"), pw->pw_dir);
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, BAD_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
 		closelog ();
-		exit (1);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 
 	/*
@@ -71,6 +71,6 @@ void subsystem (const struct passwd *pw)
 			pw->pw_dir);
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_WARN, NO_SUBROOT2, pw->pw_dir, pw->pw_name));
 		closelog ();
-		exit (1);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 }

libmisc/sulog.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1992, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -40,10 +41,11 @@
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "getdef.h"
+
 /*
  * sulog - log a SU command execution result
  */
-void sulog (const char *tty, int success, const char *oldname, const char *name)
+void sulog (const char *tty, bool success, const char *oldname, const char *name)
 {
 	char *sulog_file;
 	time_t now;
@@ -74,25 +76,29 @@ void sulog (const char *tty, int success, const char *oldname, const char *name)
 		oldgid = 0;
 	}
 	fp = fopen (sulog_file, "a+");
-	umask (oldmask);
+	(void) umask (oldmask);
 	if ((oldgid != 0) && (setgid (oldgid) != 0)) {
 		perror ("setgid");
 		SYSLOG ((LOG_ERR,
 		         "can't switch back to group `%d' in sulog",
 		         oldgid));
 		/* Do not return if the group permission were raised. */
-		exit (1);
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
-	if (fp == (FILE *) 0)
+	if (fp == (FILE *) 0) {
 		return;		/* can't open or create logfile */
+	}
 
-	time (&now);
+	(void) time (&now);
 	tm = localtime (&now);
 
 	fprintf (fp, "SU %.02d/%.02d %.02d:%.02d %c %s %s-%s\n",
 		 tm->tm_mon + 1, tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min,
 		 success ? '+' : '-', tty, oldname, name);
 
-	fflush (fp);
+	(void) fflush (fp);
+	fsync (fileno (fp));
 	fclose (fp);
+	/* TODO: log if failure */
 }
+

libmisc/system.c

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009       , Dan Walsh <dwalsh@redhat.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id$"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "prototypes.h"
+#include "defines.h"
+
+int safe_system (const char *command,
+                 const char *argv[],
+                 const char *env[],
+                 int ignore_stderr)
+{
+	int status = -1;
+	int fd;
+	pid_t pid;
+	
+	pid = fork();
+	if (pid < 0) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if (pid) {       /* Parent */
+		if (waitpid (pid, &status, 0) > 0) {
+			return status;
+		} else {
+			return -1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	fd = open ("/dev/null", O_RDWR);
+	/* Child */
+	dup2 (fd, 0);	// Close Stdin
+	if (ignore_stderr) {
+		dup2 (fd, 2);	// Close Stderr
+	}
+
+	execve (command, (char *const *) argv, (char *const *) env);
+	fprintf (stderr, _("Failed to exec '%s'\n"), argv[0]);
+	exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+

libmisc/ttytype.c

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1997, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -49,30 +50,41 @@ void ttytype (const char *line)
 	char type[BUFSIZ];
 	char port[BUFSIZ];
 
-	if (getenv ("TERM"))
+	if (getenv ("TERM") != NULL) {
 		return;
-	if ((typefile = getdef_str ("TTYTYPE_FILE")) == NULL)
+	}
+	typefile = getdef_str ("TTYTYPE_FILE");
+	if (NULL == typefile) {
 		return;
-	if (access (typefile, F_OK))
+	}
+	if (access (typefile, F_OK) != 0) {
 		return;
+	}
 
-	if (!(fp = fopen (typefile, "r"))) {
+	fp = fopen (typefile, "r");
+	if (NULL == fp) {
 		perror (typefile);
 		return;
 	}
-	while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp)) {
-		if (buf[0] == '#')
+	while (fgets (buf, (int) sizeof buf, fp) == buf) {
+		if (buf[0] == '#') {
 			continue;
+		}
 
-		if ((cp = strchr (buf, '\n')))
+		cp = strchr (buf, '\n');
+		if (NULL != cp) {
 			*cp = '\0';
+		}
 
-		if (sscanf (buf, "%s %s", type, port) == 2 &&
-		    strcmp (line, port) == 0)
+		if ((sscanf (buf, "%s %s", type, port) == 2) &&
+		    (strcmp (line, port) == 0)) {
 			break;
+		}
 	}
-	if (!feof (fp) && !ferror (fp))
+	if ((feof (fp) == 0) && (ferror (fp) == 0)) {
 		addenv ("TERM", type);
+	}
 
-	fclose (fp);
+	(void) fclose (fp);
 }
+

libmisc/tz.c

@@ -33,6 +33,8 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 
+#ifndef USE_PAM
+
 #ident "$Id$"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -40,6 +42,7 @@
 #include "defines.h"
 #include "prototypes.h"
 #include "getdef.h"
+
 /*
  * tz - return local timezone name
  *
@@ -53,11 +56,9 @@ char *tz (const char *fname)
 	const char *def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
 
 	if ((fp = fopen (fname, "r")) == NULL ||
-	    fgets (tzbuf, sizeof (tzbuf), fp) == NULL) {
-#ifndef USE_PAM
+	    fgets (tzbuf, (int) sizeof (tzbuf), fp) == NULL) {
 		if (!(def_tz = getdef_str ("ENV_TZ")) || def_tz[0] == '/')
 			def_tz = "TZ=CST6CDT";
-#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
 
 		strcpy (tzbuf, def_tz);
 	} else
@@ -68,3 +69,7 @@ char *tz (const char *fname)
 
 	return tzbuf;
 }
+#else				/* !USE_PAM */
+extern int errno;		/* warning: ANSI C forbids an empty source file */
+#endif				/* !USE_PAM */
+

libmisc/ulimit.c

@@ -50,14 +50,21 @@
 #endif
 #include "prototypes.h"
 
-void set_filesize_limit (int blocks)
+int set_filesize_limit (int blocks)
 {
+	int ret = -1;
 #if HAVE_ULIMIT_H
-	ulimit (UL_SETFSIZE, blocks);
+	if (ulimit (UL_SETFSIZE, blocks) != -1) {
+		ret = 0;
+	}
 #elif defined(RLIMIT_FSIZE)
 	struct rlimit rlimit_fsize;
 
-	rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur = rlimit_fsize.rlim_max = 512L * blocks;
-	setrlimit (RLIMIT_FSIZE, &rlimit_fsize);
+	rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur = 512L * blocks;
+	rlimit_fsize.rlim_max = rlimit_fsize.rlim_cur;
+	ret = setrlimit (RLIMIT_FSIZE, &rlimit_fsize);
 #endif
+
+	return ret;
 }
+

libmisc/user_busy.c

@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
+ * Copyright (c) 1996 - 2000, Marek Michałkiewicz
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 - 2006, Tomasz Kłoczko
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the copyright holders or contributors may not be used to
+ *    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+ *    specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+ * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
+ * PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+ * HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ident "$Id: $"
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include "defines.h"
+#include "prototypes.h"
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+static int check_status (const char *sname, uid_t uid);
+static int user_busy_processes (uid_t uid);
+#else				/* !__linux__ */
+static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name);
+#endif				/* !__linux__ */
+
+/*
+ * user_busy - check if an user if currently running processes
+ */
+int user_busy (const char *name, uid_t uid)
+{
+	/* There are no standard ways to get the list of processes.
+	 * An option could be to run an external tool (ps).
+	 */
+#ifdef __linux__
+	/* On Linux, directly parse /proc */
+	return user_busy_processes (uid);
+#else				/* !__linux__ */
+	/* If we cannot rely on /proc, check is there is a record in utmp
+	 * indicating that the user is still logged in */
+	return user_busy_utmp (name);
+#endif				/* !__linux__ */
+}
+
+#ifndef __linux__
+static int user_busy_utmp (const char *name)
+{
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+	struct utmpx *utent;
+
+	setutxent ();
+	while ((utent = getutxent ()) != NULL)
+#else				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	struct utmp *utent;
+
+	setutent ();
+	while ((utent = getutent ()) != NULL)
+#endif				/* !USE_UTMPX */
+	{
+		if (utent->ut_type != USER_PROCESS) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (strncmp (utent->ut_user, name, sizeof utent->ut_user) != 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (kill (utent->ut_pid, 0) != 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif				/* !__linux__ */
+
+#ifdef __linux__
+static int check_status (const char *sname, uid_t uid)
+{
+	/* 40: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task/xxxxxxxxxx/status + \0 */
+	char status[40];
+	char line[1024];
+	FILE *sfile;
+
+	snprintf (status, 40, "/proc/%s/status", sname);
+	status[39] = '\0';
+
+	sfile = fopen (status, "r");
+	if (NULL == sfile) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	while (fgets (line, sizeof (line), sfile) == line) {
+		if (strncmp (line, "Uid:\t", 5) == 0) {
+			unsigned long ruid, euid, suid;
+			assert (uid == (unsigned long) uid);
+			if (sscanf (line,
+			            "Uid:\t%lu\t%lu\t%lu\n",
+			            &ruid, &euid, &suid) == 3) {
+				if (   (ruid == (unsigned long) uid)
+				    || (euid == (unsigned long) uid)
+				    || (suid == (unsigned long) uid)) {
+					(void) fclose (sfile);
+					return 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				/* Ignore errors. This is just a best effort. */
+			}
+			(void) fclose (sfile);
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+	(void) fclose (sfile);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+static int user_busy_processes (uid_t uid)
+{
+	DIR *proc;
+	struct dirent *ent;
+	char *tmp_d_name;
+	pid_t pid;
+	DIR *task_dir;
+	/* 22: /proc/xxxxxxxxxx/task + \0 */
+	char task_path[22];
+	char root_path[22];
+	struct stat sbroot;
+	struct stat sbroot_process;
+
+	proc = opendir ("/proc");
+	if (proc == NULL) {
+		perror ("opendir /proc");
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (stat ("/", &sbroot) != 0) {
+		perror ("stat (\"/\")");
+		(void) closedir (proc);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	while ((ent = readdir (proc)) != NULL) {
+		tmp_d_name = ent->d_name;
+		/*
+		 * Ingo Molnar's patch introducing NPTL for 2.4 hides
+		 * threads in the /proc directory by prepending a period.
+		 * This patch is applied by default in some RedHat
+		 * kernels.
+		 */
+		if (   (strcmp (tmp_d_name, ".") == 0)
+		    || (strcmp (tmp_d_name, "..") == 0)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (*tmp_d_name == '.') {
+			tmp_d_name++;
+		}
+
+		/* Check if this is a valid PID */
+		if (get_pid (tmp_d_name, &pid) == 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/* Check if the process is in our chroot */
+		snprintf (root_path, 22, "/proc/%lu/root", (unsigned long) pid);
+		root_path[21] = '\0';
+		if (stat (root_path, &sbroot_process) != 0) {
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (   (sbroot.st_dev != sbroot_process.st_dev)
+		    || (sbroot.st_ino != sbroot_process.st_ino)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (check_status (tmp_d_name, uid) != 0) {
+			(void) closedir (proc);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+		snprintf (task_path, 22, "/proc/%lu/task", (unsigned long) pid);
+		task_path[21] = '\0';
+		task_dir = opendir (task_path);
+		if (task_dir != NULL) {
+			while ((ent = readdir (task_dir)) != NULL) {
+				pid_t tid;
+				if (get_pid (ent->d_name, &tid) == 0) {
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (tid == pid) {
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (check_status (task_path+6, uid) != 0) {
+					(void) closedir (proc);
+					return 1;
+				}
+			}
+			(void) closedir (task_dir);
+		} else {
+			/* Ignore errors. This is just a best effort */
+		}
+	}
+
+	(void) closedir (proc);
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif				/* __linux__ */
+

libmisc/utmp.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1994, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2001 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2008       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -37,193 +37,102 @@
 
 #include <utmp.h>
 
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
 #include <utmpx.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #ident "$Id$"
 
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-struct utmpx utxent;
-#endif
-struct utmp utent;
-
-#define	NO_UTENT \
-	_("No utmp entry.  You must exec \"login\" from the lowest level \"sh\"")
-#define	NO_TTY \
-	_("Unable to determine your tty name.")
 
 /*
- * checkutmp - see if utmp file is correct for this process
- *
- *	System V is very picky about the contents of the utmp file
- *	and requires that a slot for the current process exist.
- *	The utmp file is scanned for an entry with the same process
- *	ID.  If no entry exists the process exits with a message.
- *
- *	The "picky" flag is for network and other logins that may
- *	use special flags.  It allows the pid checks to be overridden.
- *	This means that getty should never invoke login with any
- *	command line flags.
+ * is_my_tty -- determine if "tty" is the same TTY stdin is using
  */
-
-#if defined(__linux__)		/* XXX */
-
-void checkutmp (int picky)
+static bool is_my_tty (const char *tty)
+{
+	/* full_tty shall be at least sizeof utmp.ut_line + 5 */
+	char full_tty[200];
+	/* tmptty shall be bigger than full_tty */
+	static char tmptty[sizeof (full_tty)+1];
+
+	if ('/' != *tty) {
+		(void) snprintf (full_tty, sizeof full_tty, "/dev/%s", tty);
+		tty = &full_tty[0];
+	}
+
+	if ('\0' == tmptty[0]) {
+		const char *tname = ttyname (STDIN_FILENO);
+		if (NULL != tname) {
+			(void) strncpy (tmptty, tname, sizeof tmptty);
+			tmptty[sizeof (tmptty) - 1] = '\0';
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (NULL == tmptty) {
+		(void) puts (_("Unable to determine your tty name."));
+		exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+	} else if (strncmp (tty, tmptty, sizeof (tmptty)) != 0) {
+		return false;
+	} else {
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * get_current_utmp - return the most probable utmp entry for the current
+ *                    session
+ *
+ *	The utmp file is scanned for an entry with the same process ID.
+ *	The line enterred by the *getty / telnetd, etc. should also match
+ *	the current terminal.
+ *
+ *	When an entry is returned by get_current_utmp, and if the utmp
+ *	structure has a ut_id field, this field should be used to update
+ *	the entry information.
+ *
+ *	Return NULL if no entries exist in utmp for the current process.
+ */
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/struct utmp *get_current_utmp (void)
 {
-	char *line;
 	struct utmp *ut;
-	pid_t pid = getpid ();
+	struct utmp *ret = NULL;
 
 	setutent ();
 
 	/* First, try to find a valid utmp entry for this process.  */
-	while ((ut = getutent ()))
-		if (ut->ut_pid == pid && ut->ut_line[0] && ut->ut_id[0] &&
-		    (ut->ut_type == LOGIN_PROCESS
-		     || ut->ut_type == USER_PROCESS))
+	while ((ut = getutent ()) != NULL) {
+		if (   (ut->ut_pid == getpid ())
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
+		    && ('\0' != ut->ut_id[0])
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+		    && (   (LOGIN_PROCESS == ut->ut_type)
+		        || (USER_PROCESS  == ut->ut_type))
+#endif
+		    /* A process may have failed to close an entry
+		     * Check if this entry refers to the current tty */
+		    && is_my_tty (ut->ut_line)) {
 			break;
-
-	/* If there is one, just use it, otherwise create a new one.  */
-	if (ut) {
-		utent = *ut;
-	} else {
-		if (picky) {
-			puts (NO_UTENT);
-			exit (1);
 		}
-		line = ttyname (0);
-		if (!line) {
-			puts (NO_TTY);
-			exit (1);
-		}
-		if (strncmp (line, "/dev/", 5) == 0)
-			line += 5;
-		memset ((void *) &utent, 0, sizeof utent);
-		utent.ut_type = LOGIN_PROCESS;
-		utent.ut_pid = pid;
-		strncpy (utent.ut_line, line, sizeof utent.ut_line);
-		/* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
-		strncpy (utent.ut_id, utent.ut_line + 3, sizeof utent.ut_id);
-		strcpy (utent.ut_user, "LOGIN");
-		utent.ut_time = time (NULL);
 	}
-}
 
-#elif defined(LOGIN_PROCESS)
-
-void checkutmp (int picky)
-{
-	char *line;
-	struct utmp *ut;
-
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-	struct utmpx *utx;
-#endif
-	pid_t pid = getpid ();
-
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-	setutxent ();
-#endif
-	setutent ();
-
-	if (picky) {
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-		while ((utx = getutxent ()))
-			if (utx->ut_pid == pid)
-				break;
-
-		if (utx)
-			utxent = *utx;
-#endif
-		while ((ut = getutent ()))
-			if (ut->ut_pid == pid)
-				break;
-
-		if (ut)
-			utent = *ut;
-
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-		endutxent ();
-#endif
-		endutent ();
-
-		if (!ut) {
-			puts (NO_UTENT);
-			exit (1);
-		}
-#ifndef	UNIXPC
-
-		/*
-		 * If there is no ut_line value in this record, fill
-		 * it in by getting the TTY name and stuffing it in
-		 * the structure.  The UNIX/PC is broken in this regard
-		 * and needs help ...
-		 */
-
-		if (utent.ut_line[0] == '\0')
-#endif				/* !UNIXPC */
-		{
-			if (!(line = ttyname (0))) {
-				puts (NO_TTY);
-				exit (1);
-			}
-			if (strncmp (line, "/dev/", 5) == 0)
-				line += 5;
-			strncpy (utent.ut_line, line, sizeof utent.ut_line);
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-			strncpy (utxent.ut_line, line, sizeof utxent.ut_line);
-#endif
-		}
-	} else {
-		if (!(line = ttyname (0))) {
-			puts (NO_TTY);
-			exit (1);
-		}
-		if (strncmp (line, "/dev/", 5) == 0)
-			line += 5;
-
-		strncpy (utent.ut_line, line, sizeof utent.ut_line);
-		if ((ut = getutline (&utent)))
-			strncpy (utent.ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof ut->ut_id);
-
-		strcpy (utent.ut_user, "LOGIN");
-		utent.ut_pid = getpid ();
-		utent.ut_type = LOGIN_PROCESS;
-		utent.ut_time = time (NULL);
-#if HAVE_UTMPX_H
-		strncpy (utxent.ut_line, line, sizeof utxent.ut_line);
-		if ((utx = getutxline (&utxent)))
-			strncpy (utxent.ut_id, utx->ut_id, sizeof utxent.ut_id);
-
-		strcpy (utxent.ut_user, "LOGIN");
-		utxent.ut_pid = utent.ut_pid;
-		utxent.ut_type = utent.ut_type;
-		if (sizeof (utxent.ut_tv) == sizeof (struct timeval))
-			gettimeofday ((struct timeval *) &utxent.ut_tv, NULL);
-		else {
-			struct timeval tv;
-
-			gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
-			utxent.ut_tv.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
-			utxent.ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
-		}
-		utent.ut_time = utxent.ut_tv.tv_sec;
-#endif
+	if (NULL != ut) {
+		ret = (struct utmp *) xmalloc (sizeof (*ret));
+		memcpy (ret, ut, sizeof (*ret));
 	}
+
+	endutent ();
+
+	return ret;
 }
 
-#endif
-
-
 /*
  * Some systems already have updwtmp() and possibly updwtmpx().  Others
- * don't, so we re-implement these functions if necessary.  --marekm
+ * don't, so we re-implement these functions if necessary.
  */
-
 #ifndef HAVE_UPDWTMP
 static void updwtmp (const char *filename, const struct utmp *ut)
 {
@@ -237,7 +146,7 @@ static void updwtmp (const char *filename, const struct utmp *ut)
 }
 #endif				/* ! HAVE_UPDWTMP */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
 #ifndef HAVE_UPDWTMPX
 static void updwtmpx (const char *filename, const struct utmpx *utx)
 {
@@ -250,131 +159,297 @@ static void updwtmpx (const char *filename, const struct utmpx *utx)
 	}
 }
 #endif				/* ! HAVE_UPDWTMPX */
-#endif				/* ! HAVE_UTMPX_H */
+#endif				/* ! USE_UTMPX */
 
 
 /*
- * setutmp - put a USER_PROCESS entry in the utmp file
+ * prepare_utmp - prepare an utmp entry so that it can be logged in a
+ *                utmp/wtmp file.
  *
- *	setutmp changes the type of the current utmp entry to
- *	USER_PROCESS.  the wtmp file will be updated as well.
+ *	It accepts an utmp entry in input (ut) to return an entry with
+ *	the right ut_id. This is typically an entry returned by
+ *	get_current_utmp
+ *	If ut is NULL, ut_id will be forged based on the line argument.
+ *
+ *	The ut_host field of the input structure may also be kept, and is
+ *	used to define the ut_addr/ut_addr_v6 fields. (if these fields
+ *	exist)
+ *
+ *	Other fields are discarded and filed with new values (if they
+ *	exist).
+ *
+ *	The returned structure shall be freed by the caller.
  */
-
-#if defined(__linux__)		/* XXX */
-
-void setutmp (const char *name, const char *line, const char *host)
+/*@only@*/struct utmp *prepare_utmp (const char *name,
+                                     const char *line,
+                                     const char *host,
+                                     /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut)
 {
-	utent.ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
-	strncpy (utent.ut_user, name, sizeof utent.ut_user);
-	utent.ut_time = time (NULL);
-	/* other fields already filled in by checkutmp above */
-	setutent ();
-	pututline (&utent);
-	endutent ();
-	updwtmp (_WTMP_FILE, &utent);
+	struct timeval tv;
+	char *hostname = NULL;
+	struct utmp *utent;
+
+	assert (NULL != name);
+	assert (NULL != line);
+
+
+
+	if (   (NULL != host)
+	    && ('\0' != host[0])) {
+		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (host) + 1);
+		strcpy (hostname, host);
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
+	} else if (   (NULL != ut)
+	           && (NULL != ut->ut_host)
+	           && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
+		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
+		strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
+		hostname[sizeof (ut->ut_host)] = '\0';
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST */
+	}
+
+	if (strncmp(line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
+		line += 5;
+	}
+
+
+	utent = (struct utmp *) xmalloc (sizeof (*utent));
+	memzero (utent, sizeof (*utent));
+
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE
+	utent->ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE */
+	utent->ut_pid = getpid ();
+	strncpy (utent->ut_line, line,      sizeof (utent->ut_line));
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID
+	if (NULL != ut) {
+		strncpy (utent->ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof (utent->ut_id));
+	} else {
+		/* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
+		strncpy (utent->ut_id, line + 3, sizeof (utent->ut_id));
+	}
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME
+	strncpy (utent->ut_name, name,      sizeof (utent->ut_name));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_NAME */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER
+	strncpy (utent->ut_user, name,      sizeof (utent->ut_user));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_USER */
+	if (NULL != hostname) {
+		struct addrinfo *info = NULL;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
+		strncpy (utent->ut_host, hostname, sizeof (utent->ut_host));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN
+		utent->ut_syslen = MIN (strlen (hostname),
+		                        sizeof (utent->ut_host));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN */
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR) || defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6)
+		if (getaddrinfo (hostname, NULL, NULL, &info) == 0) {
+			/* getaddrinfo might not be reliable.
+			 * Just try to log what may be useful.
+			 */
+			if (info->ai_family == AF_INET) {
+				struct sockaddr_in *sa =
+					(struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR
+				memcpy (&(utent->ut_addr),
+				        &(sa->sin_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6
+				memcpy (utent->ut_addr_v6,
+				        &(sa->sin_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr_v6),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
+			} else if (info->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
+				struct sockaddr_in6 *sa =
+					(struct sockaddr_in6 *) info->ai_addr;
+				memcpy (utent->ut_addr_v6,
+				        &(sa->sin6_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utent->ut_addr_v6),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin6_addr)));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6 */
+			}
+			freeaddrinfo (info);
+		}
+#endif		/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ADDR_V6 */
+		free (hostname);
+	}
+	/* ut_exit is only for DEAD_PROCESS */
+	utent->ut_session = getsid (0);
+	if (gettimeofday (&tv, NULL) == 0) {
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TIME
+		utent->ut_time = tv.tv_sec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TIME */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_XTIME
+		utent->ut_xtime = tv.tv_usec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_XTIME */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TV
+		utent->ut_tv.tv_sec  = tv.tv_sec;
+		utent->ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TV */
+	}
+
+	return utent;
 }
 
-#elif HAVE_UTMPX_H
-
-void setutmp (const char *name, const char *line, const char *host)
+/*
+ * setutmp - Update an entry in utmp and log an entry in wtmp
+ *
+ *	Return 1 on failure and 0 on success.
+ */
+int setutmp (struct utmp *ut)
 {
-	struct utmp *utmp, utline;
-	struct utmpx *utmpx, utxline;
-	pid_t pid = getpid ();
-	int found_utmpx = 0, found_utmp = 0;
+	int err = 0;
 
-	/*
-	 * The canonical device name doesn't include "/dev/"; skip it
-	 * if it is already there.
-	 */
+	assert (NULL != ut);
 
-	if (strncmp (line, "/dev/", 5) == 0)
+	setutent ();
+	if (pututline (ut) == NULL) {
+		err = 1;
+	}
+	endutent ();
+
+	updwtmp (_WTMP_FILE, ut);
+
+	return err;
+}
+
+#ifdef USE_UTMPX
+/*
+ * prepare_utmpx - the UTMPX version for prepare_utmp
+ */
+/*@only@*/struct utmpx *prepare_utmpx (const char *name,
+                                       const char *line,
+                                       const char *host,
+                                       /*@null@*/const struct utmp *ut)
+{
+	struct timeval tv;
+	char *hostname = NULL;
+	struct utmpx *utxent;
+
+	assert (NULL != name);
+	assert (NULL != line);
+
+
+
+	if (   (NULL != host)
+	    && ('\0' != host[0])) {
+		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (host) + 1);
+		strcpy (hostname, host);
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_HOST
+	} else if (   (NULL != ut)
+	           && (NULL != ut->ut_host)
+	           && ('\0' != ut->ut_host[0])) {
+		hostname = (char *) xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_host) + 1);
+		strncpy (hostname, ut->ut_host, sizeof (ut->ut_host));
+		hostname[sizeof (ut->ut_host)] = '\0';
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE */
+	}
+
+	if (strncmp(line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
 		line += 5;
+	}
 
-	/*
-	 * Update utmpx.  We create an empty entry in case there is
-	 * no matching entry in the utmpx file.
-	 */
+	utxent = (struct utmpx *) xmalloc (sizeof (*utxent));
+	memzero (utxent, sizeof (*utxent));
+
+
+
+	utxent->ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
+	utxent->ut_pid = getpid ();
+	strncpy (utxent->ut_line, line,      sizeof (utxent->ut_line));
+	/* existence of ut->ut_id is enforced by configure */
+	if (NULL != ut) {
+		strncpy (utxent->ut_id, ut->ut_id, sizeof (utxent->ut_id));
+	} else {
+		/* XXX - assumes /dev/tty?? */
+		strncpy (utxent->ut_id, line + 3, sizeof (utxent->ut_id));
+	}
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME
+	strncpy (utxent->ut_name, name,      sizeof (utxent->ut_name));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_NAME */
+	strncpy (utxent->ut_user, name,      sizeof (utxent->ut_user));
+	if (NULL != hostname) {
+		struct addrinfo *info = NULL;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST
+		strncpy (utxent->ut_host, hostname, sizeof (utxent->ut_host));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_HOST */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_SYSLEN
+		utxent->ut_syslen = MIN (strlen (hostname),
+		                         sizeof (utxent->ut_host));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_SYSLEN */
+#if defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR) || defined(HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6)
+		if (getaddrinfo (hostname, NULL, NULL, &info) == 0) {
+			/* getaddrinfo might not be reliable.
+			 * Just try to log what may be useful.
+			 */
+			if (info->ai_family == AF_INET) {
+				struct sockaddr_in *sa =
+					(struct sockaddr_in *) info->ai_addr;
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR
+				memcpy (utxent->ut_addr,
+				        &(sa->sin_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6
+				memcpy (utxent->ut_addr_v6,
+				        &(sa->sin_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr_v6),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin_addr)));
+			} else if (info->ai_family == AF_INET6) {
+				struct sockaddr_in6 *sa =
+					(struct sockaddr_in6 *) info->ai_addr;
+				memcpy (utxent->ut_addr_v6,
+				        &(sa->sin6_addr),
+				        MIN (sizeof (utxent->ut_addr_v6),
+				             sizeof (sa->sin6_addr)));
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6 */
+			}
+			freeaddrinfo (info);
+		}
+#endif		/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR || HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_ADDR_V6 */
+		free (hostname);
+	}
+	/* ut_exit is only for DEAD_PROCESS */
+	utxent->ut_session = getsid (0);
+	if (gettimeofday (&tv, NULL) == 0) {
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TIME
+		utxent->ut_time = tv.tv_sec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_TIME */
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME
+		utxent->ut_xtime = tv.tv_usec;
+#endif				/* HAVE_STRUCT_UTMPX_UT_XTIME */
+		utxent->ut_tv.tv_sec  = tv.tv_sec;
+		utxent->ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
+	}
+
+	return utxent;
+}
+
+/*
+ * setutmpx - the UTMPX version for setutmp
+ */
+int setutmpx (struct utmpx *utx)
+{
+	int err = 0;
+
+	assert (NULL != utx);
 
 	setutxent ();
-	setutent ();
-
-	while (utmpx = getutxent ()) {
-		if (utmpx->ut_pid == pid) {
-			found_utmpx = 1;
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	while (utmp = getutent ()) {
-		if (utmp->ut_pid == pid) {
-			found_utmp = 1;
-			break;
-		}
+	if (pututxline (utx) == NULL) {
+		err = 1;
 	}
+	endutxent ();
 
-	/*
-	 * If the entry matching `pid' cannot be found, create a new
-	 * entry with the device name in it.
-	 */
+	updwtmpx (_WTMP_FILE "x", utx);
 
-	if (!found_utmpx) {
-		memset ((void *) &utxline, 0, sizeof utxline);
-		strncpy (utxline.ut_line, line, sizeof utxline.ut_line);
-		utxline.ut_pid = getpid ();
-	} else {
-		utxline = *utmpx;
-		if (strncmp (utxline.ut_line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
-			memmove (utxline.ut_line, utxline.ut_line + 5,
-				 sizeof utxline.ut_line - 5);
-			utxline.ut_line[sizeof utxline.ut_line - 5] = '\0';
-		}
-	}
-	if (!found_utmp) {
-		memset ((void *) &utline, 0, sizeof utline);
-		strncpy (utline.ut_line, utxline.ut_line,
-			 sizeof utline.ut_line);
-		utline.ut_pid = utxline.ut_pid;
-	} else {
-		utline = *utmp;
-		if (strncmp (utline.ut_line, "/dev/", 5) == 0) {
-			memmove (utline.ut_line, utline.ut_line + 5,
-				 sizeof utline.ut_line - 5);
-			utline.ut_line[sizeof utline.ut_line - 5] = '\0';
-		}
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Fill in the fields in the utmpx entry and write it out.  Do
-	 * the utmp entry at the same time to make sure things don't
-	 * get messed up.
-	 */
-
-	strncpy (utxline.ut_user, name, sizeof utxline.ut_user);
-	strncpy (utline.ut_user, name, sizeof utline.ut_user);
-
-	utline.ut_type = utxline.ut_type = USER_PROCESS;
-
-	if (sizeof (utxline.ut_tv) == sizeof (struct timeval))
-		gettimeofday ((struct timeval *) &utxline.ut_tv, NULL);
-	else {
-		struct timeval tv;
-
-		gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
-		utxline.ut_tv.tv_sec = tv.tv_sec;
-		utxline.ut_tv.tv_usec = tv.tv_usec;
-	}
-	utline.ut_time = utxline.ut_tv.tv_sec;
-
-	strncpy (utxline.ut_host, host ? host : "", sizeof utxline.ut_host);
-
-	pututxline (&utxline);
-	pututline (&utline);
-
-	updwtmpx (_WTMP_FILE "x", &utxline);
-	updwtmp (_WTMP_FILE, &utline);
-
-	utxent = utxline;
-	utent = utline;
+	return err;
 }
+#endif				/* USE_UTMPX */
 
-#endif

libmisc/valid.c

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
  * Copyright (c) 1989 - 1993, Julianne Frances Haugh
  * Copyright (c) 1996 - 1999, Marek Michałkiewicz
  * Copyright (c) 2003 - 2005, Tomasz Kłoczko
- * Copyright (c) 2007       , Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
  *	is used to indicate that a dummy salt must be used to encrypt the
  *	password anyway.
  */
-int valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
+bool valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
 {
 	const char *encrypted;
 	const char *salt;
@@ -61,18 +61,19 @@ int valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
 	 * routine is meant to waste CPU time.
 	 */
 
-	if (ent->pw_name && !ent->pw_passwd[0]) {
-		if (!password[0])
-			return (1);	/* user entered nothing */
-		else
-			return (0);	/* user entered something! */
+	if ((NULL != ent->pw_name) && ('\0' == ent->pw_passwd[0])) {
+		if ('\0' == password[0]) {
+			return true;	/* user entered nothing */
+		} else {
+			return false;	/* user entered something! */
+		}
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * If there is no entry then we need a salt to use.
 	 */
 
-	if (ent->pw_name == (char *) 0 || ent->pw_passwd[0] == '\0') {
+	if ((NULL == ent->pw_name) || ('\0' == ent->pw_passwd[0])) {
 		salt = "xx";
 	} else {
 		salt = ent->pw_passwd;
@@ -93,9 +94,11 @@ int valid (const char *password, const struct passwd *ent)
 	 * cause non-existent users to not be validated.
 	 */
 
-	if (ent->pw_name && strcmp (encrypted, ent->pw_passwd) == 0)
-		return (1);
-	else
-		return (0);
+	if (   (NULL != ent->pw_name)
+	    && (strcmp (encrypted, ent->pw_passwd) == 0)) {
+		return true;
+	} else {
+		return false;
+	}
 }
 

libmisc/xgetXXbyYY.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Nicolas François
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 - 2009, Nicolas François
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <config.h>
+#include <errno.h>
 #include "prototypes.h"
 
 #define XFUNCTION_NAME XPREFIX (FUNCTION_NAME)
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 #define STRINGIZE(name) STRINGIZE1 (name)
 #define STRINGIZE1(name) #name
 
-LOOKUP_TYPE *XFUNCTION_NAME (ARG_TYPE ARG_NAME)
+/*@null@*/ /*@only@*/LOOKUP_TYPE *XFUNCTION_NAME (ARG_TYPE ARG_NAME)
 {
 #if HAVE_FUNCTION_R
 	LOOKUP_TYPE *result=NULL;
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ LOOKUP_TYPE *XFUNCTION_NAME (ARG_TYPE ARG_NAME)
 		exit (13);
 	}
 
-	do {
+	while (true) {
 		int status;
 		LOOKUP_TYPE *resbuf = NULL;
 		buffer = (char *)realloc (buffer, length);
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ LOOKUP_TYPE *XFUNCTION_NAME (ARG_TYPE ARG_NAME)
 		errno = 0;
 		status = REENTRANT_NAME(ARG_NAME, result, buffer,
 		                        length, &resbuf);
-		if (!status && (resbuf == result)) {
+		if ((0 ==status) && (resbuf == result)) {
 			/* Build a result structure that can be freed by
 			 * the shadow *_free functions. */
 			LOOKUP_TYPE *ret_result = DUP_FUNCTION(result);
@@ -106,8 +106,14 @@ LOOKUP_TYPE *XFUNCTION_NAME (ARG_TYPE ARG_NAME)
 			return NULL;
 		}
 
-		length *= 4;
-	} while (length < MAX_LENGTH);
+		if (length <= ((size_t)-1 / 4)) {
+			length *= 4;
+		} else if (length == (size_t) -1) {
+			break;
+		} else {
+			length = (size_t) -1;
+		}
+	}
 
 	free(buffer);
 	free(result);